WO2019165197A1 - Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants - Google Patents

Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019165197A1
WO2019165197A1 PCT/US2019/019137 US2019019137W WO2019165197A1 WO 2019165197 A1 WO2019165197 A1 WO 2019165197A1 US 2019019137 W US2019019137 W US 2019019137W WO 2019165197 A1 WO2019165197 A1 WO 2019165197A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
hla
thymus
recipient
tissue
donor
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2019/019137
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mary Louise MARKERT
Original Assignee
Duke University & Medical Center
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to RU2020124312A priority Critical patent/RU2020124312A/en
Priority to JP2020543913A priority patent/JP7499178B2/en
Application filed by Duke University & Medical Center filed Critical Duke University & Medical Center
Priority to BR112020016614-6A priority patent/BR112020016614A2/en
Priority to AU2019225151A priority patent/AU2019225151A1/en
Priority to EP19757113.6A priority patent/EP3755346A4/en
Priority to SG11202007498YA priority patent/SG11202007498YA/en
Priority to US16/283,007 priority patent/US11819520B2/en
Priority to KR1020207023608A priority patent/KR20210005543A/en
Priority to CA3089593A priority patent/CA3089593A1/en
Priority to CN201980013250.XA priority patent/CN112074277A/en
Priority to MX2020008590A priority patent/MX2020008590A/en
Publication of WO2019165197A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019165197A1/en
Priority to IL276706A priority patent/IL276706A/en
Priority to US16/994,061 priority patent/US20200405771A1/en
Priority to US17/486,045 priority patent/US12064452B2/en
Priority to JP2024005418A priority patent/JP2024041955A/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/26Lymph; Lymph nodes; Thymus; Spleen; Splenocytes; Thymocytes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01NPRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N1/00Preservation of bodies of humans or animals, or parts thereof
    • A01N1/02Preservation of living parts
    • A01N1/0278Physical preservation processes
    • A01N1/0284Temperature processes, i.e. using a designated change in temperature over time
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/343Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide condensed with a carbocyclic ring, e.g. coumaran, bufuralol, befunolol, clobenfurol, amiodarone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/436Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a six-membered ring having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. rapamycin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52Purines, e.g. adenine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/57Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone
    • A61K31/573Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone substituted in position 21, e.g. cortisone, dexamethasone, prednisone or aldosterone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/34Muscles; Smooth muscle cells; Heart; Cardiac stem cells; Myoblasts; Myocytes; Cardiomyocytes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/12Cyclic peptides, e.g. bacitracins; Polymyxins; Gramicidins S, C; Tyrocidins A, B or C
    • A61K38/13Cyclosporins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/1703Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • A61K38/1709Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • A61K38/1722Plasma globulins, lactoglobulins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/0005Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/0008Antigens related to auto-immune diseases; Preparations to induce self-tolerance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L27/00Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
    • A61L27/36Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix
    • A61L27/38Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix containing added animal cells
    • A61L27/3804Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix containing added animal cells characterised by specific cells or progenitors thereof, e.g. fibroblasts, connective tissue cells, kidney cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L27/00Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
    • A61L27/36Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix
    • A61L27/38Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix containing added animal cells
    • A61L27/3895Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix containing added animal cells using specific culture conditions, e.g. stimulating differentiation of stem cells, pulsatile flow conditions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P41/00Drugs used in surgical methods, e.g. surgery adjuvants for preventing adhesion or for vitreum substitution
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2893Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against CD52
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/0081Purging biological preparations of unwanted cells
    • C12N5/0087Purging against subsets of blood cells, e.g. purging alloreactive T cells
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0634Cells from the blood or the immune system
    • C12N5/065Thymocytes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • G01N33/5008Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
    • G01N33/5044Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics involving specific cell types
    • G01N33/5047Cells of the immune system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K2035/122Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells for inducing tolerance or supression of immune responses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2430/00Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration
    • A61L2430/20Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration for reconstruction of the heart, e.g. heart valves
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2430/00Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration
    • A61L2430/40Preparation and treatment of biological tissue for implantation, e.g. decellularisation, cross-linking
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2533/00Supports or coatings for cell culture, characterised by material
    • C12N2533/70Polysaccharides
    • C12N2533/78Cellulose
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/24Immunology or allergic disorders
    • G01N2800/245Transplantation related diseases, e.g. graft versus host disease

Definitions

  • Orga transplantation requires the preparation and harvesting of a human solid organ from a donor and transplantation into the recipient.
  • the major problem in solid organ transplantation is that the recipient is not tolerant of the donor.
  • the recipient T cells will reject the organ and the recipient B cells will develop antibodies to the organ causing its eventual failure.
  • the holy grail of solid organ transplantation is development of tolerance to the transplanted human organ by the recipient. More than 36,000 organ transplants are estimated to be performed per year in the U.S., and many more in in Europe, and other major countries. It is further estimated that there are more than 120,000 patients on waiting lists in the U.S. for organ transplants. Demand for healthy organs significantly exceeds the supply of suitable organs. In 2018, approximately 10,000 donors were identified. See
  • Transplant rejection by both T cells and B cells can lead to significant complications in organ function or even to transplant failure.
  • MHC major histocompatibility complex
  • MHC major histocompatibility complex
  • the use of immunosuppressive regimens to manage the immunological response underlying transplant rejection has improved.
  • tolerance has not been achieved and the mean survival for many organs is only 10 years.
  • Organ injury occurs primarily as a result of ischemia and hypothermia, but may also be related to reperfusion of the organ ex vivo or during implantation.
  • Achieving donor-specific immune tolerance remains the ultimate immunologic goal in transplantation.
  • Most of the current approaches focus on controlling peripheral mature donor-reactive T cells by depletion (e.g. alemtuzumab, thymoglobu!in, etc.) or suppression (e.g. calcineurin inhibitors, basiiiximab, etc.) without targeting the production of alloreactive T cells in thymus.
  • depletion e.g. alemtuzumab, thymoglobu!in, etc.
  • suppression e.g. calcineurin inhibitors, basiiiximab, etc.
  • the present inventor has shown that tolerance to solid organ transplants may be achieved through the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (referred to herein also as“CTT” or as“RVT-802”), in a thymectomized recipient, to shorten the time period of use of post-transplantation immunosuppressive agents to prevent rejection of the transplanted organ.
  • CTT allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product
  • RVT-802 allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product
  • Tolerance induction by surgical insertion of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is similar to tolerance induction via donor dendritic ceils (“DC”) in hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (Sharabi Y & Sachs DH, 1989,“Mixed chimerism and permanent specific transplantation tolerance induced by a nonlethal preparative regimen," J Exp Med 169(2):493-502; Maniiay JO, Pearson DA, Sergio JJ, Swenson KG, & Sykes M, 1998,“Intrathymic deletion of alloreactive T cells in mixed bone marrow chimeras prepared with a nonniyeloablative conditioning regimen,” Transplantation 66(l):96-102.).
  • DC donor dendritic ceils
  • DiGeorge Syndrome is defined as a condition in which there are variable defects in the heart, thymus and parathyroid gland. Approximately 1% of infants with DiGeorge syndrome have athymia and hence no T cells to fight infection. These infants are said to have complete DiGeorge syndrome. There are 4 subgroups of children who meet the criteria of complete DiGeorge syndrome, 22ql l 2 deletion syndrome, CHARGE, infants of diabetic mothers, and infants with no syndromic or genetic defects. In all four groups, the infants with athymia represent a very tiny group, possibl y 1% of the total children carrying the diagnosis, such as the diagnosis of 22ql l 2 deletion syndrome.
  • Thymopoiesis has been documented by allograft biopsies and the presence of recipient naive T cells in the periphery (Markert ML, 2010,; Market! ML, et a!., 2008,“Use of allograft biopsies to assess thymopoiesis after thymus transplantation,” J Immunol 180(9): 6354-6364; Marker ML, et al., 2007,“Review of 54 patients with complete DiGeorge anomaly enrolled in protocols for thymus transplantation: outcome of 44 consecutive transplants,” Blood l09(10):4539-454728). Studies of children treated with investigational CTT show' tolerance to donor MHC by mixed lymphocyte reactions (Chinn IK, Devlin BH,
  • Thymus Gland and Education of Thymocytes (This section cites Kwan J et al Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart
  • the thymus gland normally is located on top of the heart.
  • the thymus provides an essential microenvironment for T cell development and is critical to the establishment and maintenance of the adaptive immune system (Boehm T and Takahama Y, 2014, Thymic Development and Selection of T Lymphocytes. Heidelberg: Springer- V erl ag) .
  • the thymus educates hematopoietic stem cells migrating from the bone marrow to the thymus gland.
  • the progenitor stem ceils colonize the thymus thereby forming thymocytes.
  • the thymocytes thereafter undergo a series of maturation steps. This is evidenced by the expression of a number of observable cell surface markers appearing on the thymocytes.
  • T cells are critical for the protection of the body from infections.
  • T cells that develop in a normally functioning thymus develop a diverse set of T cell receptors (generally proteins on the surface of the cell), which enable the mature T cell to fight a wide variety of infections.
  • T cell receptors generally proteins on the surface of the cell
  • the developing T cells are instructed by the thymus not to attack the body’s normal proteins, such as insulin or parathyroid hormone (which regulate glucose and calcium levels in the blood). These instructions are carried out under the influence of the autoimmune regulator gene f . i // ⁇ / ⁇ . gene).
  • Thymocytes in the thymus gland formed from bone marrow stem cells, are taught by thymus epithelial cells (“TECs”) and dendritic cells (“DCs”) located within the thymus to not attack recipient major histocompatibility complex (MHC) proteins (antigens) such as HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRBl, HLA-DQBl, HLA-DQA1, HLA-DPB1, HLA-DPA1
  • MHC major histocompatibility complex
  • the HLA antigens have 2 proteins that hold a self-peptide in a groove.
  • the self- peptide could be from a thyroid protein or an insulin peptide or almost any other protein expressed in the body.
  • Thymocytes developing in the thymus form a T cell receptor (I R) composed of two proteins that cross the membrane.
  • I R T cell receptor
  • the TCR is expressed on the cell surface of the T cells. Each T cell expresses many copies of its unique TCR. If the TCR binds too tightly to the self peptide:MHC on a dendritic cell, the dendritic cells provides a signal to make the T cell undergo apoptosis and die. This mechanism prevents the development of autoimmunity to self.
  • the TEC can also provide a signal to thymocytes that they are binding too tightly.
  • the DC can grab bits of membrane from the TEC and present the TEC self peptide:MHC to the developing thymocyte. If the thymocytes bind too tightly, the DC sends a signal so that the thymocyte undergoes apoptosis and dies.
  • T cells that leave the thymus are not self-reactive.
  • the T ceils that leave the thymus are very variable and can recognize infections but they do not attack proteins of the body.
  • the two major constituents of thymus are epithelium and thymocytes that are produced in the thymus in the following manner.
  • Cells derived from bone marrow stem cells, common lymphoid progenitors (“CLPs”) migrate to the thymus.
  • the CLPs enter the thymus in response to signals (chemokines) produced by the thymus epithelium and endothelium hi the thymus the CLPs differentiate into thymocytes and proliferate.
  • Thymocytes develop a unique T-cell receptor (“TCR”) that is expressed on the cell surface.
  • Thymocytes also begin to express the T cell molecules CDS, CD4 and CDS.
  • a vast diversity of T cells develop rendering the cells capable of responding to infections throughout the life of the recipient.
  • Mixed lymphocyte reactions show tolerance of the recipient T cells in children who are treated with cultured thymus tissue (RVT-802) to thymus donor MHC.
  • Self-reactive recipient thymocytes are deleted prior to exit from the thymus. This occurs by interaction of recipient thymocytes and recipient DCs that migrate to the thymus. Apoptosis is induced in recipient thymocytes that bind too tightly to the DCs as a measure to protect the body from autoimmune disease. After completion of this process, the thymocytes exit the thymus.
  • the new circulating T ceils i.e.,“naive” T cells, express the markers CD45RA and CD62L. Flow cytometry and spectra typing have shown development of a diverse T cell repertoire. These recipient T cells have diverse TCR repertoires and proliferate normally in response to mitogens. They protect the recipient from infection without having autoreactivity to self.
  • T cell immunodeficiency primary immune deficiency
  • T cell immunodeficiency due to athymia is associated with congenital disorders which prevent the development of a functional thymus, such as complete Di George Anomaly (cDGA) associated with 22ql 1.2 deletion and CHARGE (coloboma, Aeart defect, choanal atresia, growth or mental retardation, genital hypoplasia and ear anomalies or deafness) syndrome associated with mutations in the chd7 (chromodomain- helicase-DNA-binding protein 7) gene and in athymic patients with forkhead box protein N1 (FOXN1) deficiency.
  • Congenital athymia is a rare fatal condition and currently has no drug treatment options utilizing regulatory approved drag products. If left untreated and no
  • Allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is a tissue-engineered product. Based on disclosures in this specification and Examples, CTT is expected to be useful for the development of tolerance in a recipient receiving a transplanted solid organ.
  • T cells are educated by donor TECs and recipient DCs
  • Donor TECs in conjunction with recipient DCs enable tolerance to the implanted donor thymus tissue, which is implanted as cultured thymus tissue slices. This is the same tolerance induction as in a normal thymus.
  • the recipient TECs in conjunction with recipient DCs lead to tolerance to self as described in this specification.
  • CTT induces donor-specific tolerance in a rat heart transplantation model.
  • the experiments reported herein used comparable CTT transplantation methods that have been used clinically in subjects with congenital athymia, such as subjects afflicted by cDGA.
  • cDGA infants have essentially no naive T cells prior to surgical placement of CTT.
  • the infants developed naive T cells approximately 6 months after the surgical procedure.
  • the present invention substantiates donor thymus co-transplantation with solid organs as a method of tolerance induction with regard to the transplanted solid organ in the recipient.
  • the patient group that would most benefit from the procedure is infants needing heart transplants. Since postnatal thymic tissue is present and could be removed from deceased infants, and the recipient thymus is routinely removed from infants undergoing heart transplantation, no additional procedure aside from cultured thymus tissue
  • CTT transplantation
  • Allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus-tissue derived product is prepared, cultured and stored for up to 21 days, and, on the day of implantation, placed in individual sterile cups for transport to the operating room, as described in more detail herein.
  • the CTT (cultured thymus tissue) is aseptica!ly processed and cultured under current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”), for example, cGMPs established by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (“FDA”), to produce partially T cell-depleted thymus tissue slices.
  • CTT is differentiated from native thymus by a conditioning process described in detail below.
  • CTT effects the nonrial positive and negative selection process of developing T cells in the thymus after implantation, enabling the T cells to be tolerant to both the donor thymus and the donor solid organ transplant plus recipient tissues, .
  • these T cells can recognize foreign antigens in the context of recipient major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins so as to fight infection.
  • MHC major histocompatibility
  • the route of administration is by surgical implantation of CTT, in the manner described below.
  • a single administration is typically 1,000 to 20,000 mm 2 of CTT surface area per recipient body surface area (“BSA”) in m 2 .
  • the surface area is the total of all the surface areas of all cultured tissue slices.
  • the individual CTT slices are implanted in a single administration surgical procedure.
  • Recipient CLPs of the bone marrow migrate to the donor thymus graft.
  • the donor thymus graft provides a microenvironment in which the recipient thymocytes develop a broad repertoire of TCRs capable of recognizing pathogens.
  • Recipient bone marrow CLPs migrate to the thymus allograft where they develop into recipient T cells. Negative selection by recipient DCs that have migrated to the donor thymus results in tolerance to the recipient MHC antigens.
  • Immunmohistochemical evidence of thymopoiesis is observed in biopsies of the transplanted cultured thymus tissue taken within approximately 2-3 months of transplantation. The thymopoiesis reflects the ability of the T cells to defend against and control infection, and prevent autoimmune disease.
  • Naive T cells are detected in the circulation 5-12 months post-transplantation, resulting in the ability to defend against and control infection, and the prevention of autoimmune disease.
  • Implantation of cultured thymus tissue was first shown by the inventor to be beneficial in treating primary immune deficiency resulting from congenital athymia associated with conditions such as complete Di George anomaly (cDGA) or forkhead box protein N1 (FOXN1) deficiency.
  • cDGA complete Di George anomaly
  • FOXN1 forkhead box protein N1
  • CTT e.g., RVT-802
  • placement of CTT will reconstitute an immune system and induce tolerance to the donor organ if the subject is first thymectomized and immunosuppressed prior to the implantation of the CTT that expresses the MHC of the donor organ.
  • a first aspect of the present disclosure provides the surgical placement of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in a recipient to induce tolerance to a solid organ transplant in an immunologically normal recipient.
  • Such methods comprise, consist of, or consist essentially of removal of the thymus gland in an immunocompetent recipient followed by depleting the recipient’s T cells with an induction immunosuppressive regimen, comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent such as with one or more antibody and/or one or more calcineurin inhibitor.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen is administered in a therapeutically effective amount to deplete mature T cells in the subject and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ.
  • a suitable solid human organ and a thymus gland from a deceased donor is obtained and the solid organ is transplanted into the recipient.
  • a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen is administered for a period of time to suppress transplant rejection.
  • the thymus gland from the deceased donor is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days to aseptically process the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-eell depleted donor thymus tissue slices thereby comprising the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product.
  • the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei.
  • the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is then surgically placed in the recipient, typically in the quadriceps muscle of the thigh.
  • the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product enables the recipient to develop naive T cells after
  • thymus tissue sl ices are about 1,000 - 20,000 mm 2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m 2 ⁇ Following implantation, the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the subject
  • the donor would be a deceased donor.
  • the thymus would be removed from the donor at the same time that the heart is removed.
  • Heart transplantation is performed immediately with induction immunosuppression to decrease T cell numbers and suppress the remaining recipient T cells preventing them from attacking the donor heart.
  • the donor thymus is processed to form human allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product that can be used for implantation to induce tolerance after a period of at least 12 to about 21 days of conditioning.
  • approximately half of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product can be cryopreserved after conditioning, so that if there was a problem with later rejection of the heart necessitating the administration of high doses of steroids or other immunosuppressive agents to treat the rejection, and whereby the very high doses of steroid damage the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product would be available to implant after the rejection episode was controlled.
  • the donor thymus tissue matches the HLA alleles in the donor organ that are not in the recipient. All new T cells that develop are genetically recipient and are tolerant to both the recipient and to the donor.
  • a second aspect of the present disclosure provides A method for promoting donor- specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a deceased donor, in a recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
  • the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; wherein the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for cytokeratin (CK) (using antibody AE1/AE3) scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei; and
  • a method of promoting donor-specific tolerance to an allogeneic heart transplant in a recipient in need of a deceased donor heart comprises the following steps:
  • a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agents selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor and an anti-thymocyte globulin for a period of time sufficient to prevent or suppress transplant rejection of the heart; (f) between day 12 and 21 providing an allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product, wherein the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is obtained from the donor thymus tissue, wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period of from about 12 to about 21 days to produce allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises asepticalfy processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices;
  • the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei;
  • step (h) cryopreserving a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product to be used in the recipient in the event that there is an early rejection episode requiring high doses of steroids that would damage the portion of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product that was implanted in step (g).
  • a method of promoting donor-specific tolerance to an allogeneic heart transplant in a recipient in need of a deceased donor heart comprises the following steps:
  • a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agents selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor and an anti-thymocyte globulin for a period of time sufficient to prevent or suppress transplant rejection of the heart;
  • the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved to be implanted at a later time when the recipient is stable, wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period of from about 12 to about 21 days to produce allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; wherein the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the ti ssue, the presence of at least one Hassa!l body, CK14 sta
  • step (i) cryopreserving a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product to be used in the recipient in the event that there is a rejection episode requiring high doses of steroids that would damage the portion of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product that was implanted in step (h).
  • a third aspect of the present disclosure provides A method for promoting donor- specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a living human donor, in a human recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
  • DD product was processed from thymus tissue from a thymus donor expressing HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in the recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant; wherein the donor thymus tissue was subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
  • a fourth aspect of the present disclosure provides A method for promoting donor- specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a deceased human donor, in a human recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
  • D5 treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent to deplete the recipient’s T cells and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ;
  • cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product maintained in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank; wherein the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is processed from thymus tissue from a thymus donor expressing HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in the recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant; wherein the donor thymus tissue was subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises asepticaJly processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence
  • the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product of claim 63 wherein the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK 14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
  • a fifth aspect of the present disclosure provides An allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product for implantation into a subject undergoing a solid organ transplant prepared by obtaining suitable thymus tissue from a donor wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; wherein the donor thymus tissue slices show, between days 5 and 9 post-harvest, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK 14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei; recovering the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices as allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
  • the thymus on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact
  • the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved.
  • the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product is maintained in liquid nitrogen for future use.
  • cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is maintained in a cryopreserved tissue bank.
  • the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is prepared from suitable thymus tissue from a donor comprising HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in a proposed recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant.
  • the HLA alleles are: HLA- A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1 , HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA- DPA1.
  • a sixth aspect of the present disclosure is A cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, prepared by method comprising the steps of:
  • HLA-A typing HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DPA1;
  • the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; further wherein the donor thymus tissue slices showy on days 5 to 9, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
  • the thymus on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact
  • the eryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in liquid nitrogen is held for future use by the recipient
  • a seventh aspect of the present disclosure provides a method of preparing the donor thymus for transplanting into a recipient subject.
  • Such methods comprise, consist of, or consist essentially of culturing the donor thymus for up to about 5 days, up to about 6 days, up to about 7 days, up to about 8 days, up to about 9 days, up to about 10 days, up to about 11 days, up to about 12 days, up to about 13 days, up to about 14 days, up to about 15 days, up to about 16 days, up to about 17 days, up to about 18 days, up to about 19 days, up to about 20 days, or up to about 21 days, and then surgically placing the cultured thymus tissue into the recipient, as further described herein.
  • a culture period between about 6 and about 12 days results in good function.
  • the tissue is typically cultured for about 6 to about 12 days, and then eryopreserved
  • An eighth aspect of the present invention provides an allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (CTT; RVT-802) for implantation into a subject undergoing a solid organ transplant manufactured by the method of subjecting thymus tissue from a suitable donor to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days; wherein the conditioning regimen for the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei.
  • CTT allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product
  • the donor thymus on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
  • the recipient’s thymus is obtained by surgery.
  • the recipient’s thymus is obtained by robotic surgery.
  • the recipient’s thymus is obtained by thorascopic surgery.
  • the solid organ is a portion of a whole organ.
  • the method of the first to fourth aspects further comprises the step of cryopreserving peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the deceased donor for future use in a mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance.
  • the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed using peripheral blood mononuclear ceils from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in accordance the implantation procedure of CTT in this specification
  • the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor about 6 to 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
  • the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor after naive T cells constitute about 10% of total T cells in the recipient.
  • the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis in the subject within 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
  • the development of tolerance is determined by a mixed lymphocyte reaction performed with cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the deceased donor and naive T cells from the recipient.
  • humoral tolerance is determined by the development of humoral immunity and the absence of donor reactive antibodies.
  • the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant, a kidney transplant, a liver transplant, a lung transplant, a heart/lung transplant, a pancreas transplant, an intestine transplant, a stomach transplant, an abdominal wall transplant, a craniofacial transplant, a scalp transplant, a penile transplant, a uterus transplant, a unilateral or bilateral upper limb transplant, a unilateral vascularized composite allograft, or combination thereof.
  • the method further comprises evaluating the recipient for HLA class I or HLA class II panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) score prior to transplanting the solid organ.
  • PRA panel reactive antibodies
  • the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant.
  • the solid organ transplant is a pediatric heart transplant.
  • the solid organ transplant is an adult heart transplant.
  • the method further comprises evaluating the recipient for HLA class I or HLA class II panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) score prior to transplanting the solid organ
  • recipients with HLA antibodies are cross-matched with potential donors.
  • recipients with HLA antibodies are virtually cross-matched with 1 NIT.
  • the method will further comprise the step of performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient.
  • the method will further comprise the step of performing an actual prospective donor cross match and performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient. Typically, transplants are not performed under these
  • the method further comprises the step of evaluating recipients with HLA antibodies by cross-matching virtually with UNET. [0086] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the method further comprises performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient if the HLA panel reactive antibodies have a score >20%.
  • the method further comprises performing an actual prospective donor cross-match and performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient if the HLA panel reactive antibodies have a score >70%.
  • the solid organ is HLA-matched in for instance for living related donors and recipient for kidney, partial liver and partial intestine transplants.
  • the solid organ is HLA-mismatched.
  • the solid organ is HLA matched.
  • the HLA match is determined by typing HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HL.A-DRB5, HLA-DQA1 , HLA- DPB1 , HLA- DPA1 in the donor and the recipient.
  • the solid organ transplants are ABO compatible.
  • the solid organ is HLA-mismatched.
  • HLA-mismatched is determined by typing HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1 , HLA- DQB1, HLA-DQAl, HLA-DPB1, HLA-DPA1 in the donor and the recipient.
  • the cultured thymus tissue slices are surgically implanted into the quadriceps thigh muscle of the subject.
  • the cultured thymus tissue slices are surgically implanted into the body of the subject in an area other than the quadriceps.
  • a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product is surgically implanted into the quadriceps thigh muscle of the recipient.
  • the remaining portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved in liquid nitrogen for future transplantation.
  • the conditioning regiment is for a period of about 12 days to about 21 days.
  • the conditioning period of the donor thymus tissue is about 5 days to about 21 days, or about 5 days, or about 6 days, or about 7 days, or about 8 days, or about 9 days, or about 10 days, or about 1 1 days, or about 12 days, or about 13 days, or about 14 days, or about 15 days, or about 16 days, or about 17 days, or about 18 days, or about 19 days, or about 20 days, or about 21 days.
  • immunosuppressive regimens known in the art, and that a suitable induction and maintenance immunosuppressive agent may be selected by the person of skill in the art without undue burden.
  • the following illustrative induction immunosuppressive regimens and maintenance immunosuppressive regimens are exempl ary of the practice of the methods of the first to the fourth aspects of the invention and support the inventions as claimed
  • the induction immunosuppressive regiment comprises an induction immunosuppressive agent selected from the group of glucocorticoid, anti-thymocyte globuli n (rabbit), anti -thymocyte globulin (equine), and alemtuzimab.
  • the ATG is antithymocyte globulin (rabbit).
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises administration of a glucocorticoid.
  • the glucocorticoid comprises methylprednisolone.
  • the glucocorticoid is methylprednisolone sodium succinate.
  • methylprednisolone sodium succinate is administered intravenously at no greater than 4 mg/kg/day.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises rabbit- derived anti-thymocyte globulin.
  • the rabbit-derived anti -thymocyte globulin is administered intravenously in a dose of about 1.5 mg/kg.
  • the anti-thymocyte globulin is administered daily for four days.
  • the ATG is equine derived ATG.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises basiliximab.
  • the basiliximab is administered at a dose of 10 mg intravenously for recipients less than 35 kg in body weight.
  • the basiliximab is administered at a dose of 20 mg intravenously for recipients more than 35 kg in body weight.
  • the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises one or more immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of a glucocorticoid, calcineurin inhibitor, an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, azathioprine, and anti-thymocyte globulin
  • the immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance is the immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance
  • immunosuppressive regiment is anti-thymocyte globulin (ATG).
  • the ATG is administered intravenously at a dose of about 1.5 mg/kg for a period of 3-14 days starting with administration in the operating room.
  • the anti-thymocyte globulin is administered daily for 3-14 days at about 15 mg/kg/day by intravenous administration.
  • the first immunosuppressive regimen comprises alemtuzumab.
  • the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of about 0.25 mg/kg for 4 days intravenously for recipients less than 35 kg in body weight. In another, embodiment the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of about 3 to 20 mg for 4 days intravenously for recipients more than 35 kg in body weight.
  • the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises one or more immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, and inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, or azathioprine.
  • the immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance is immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance
  • the immunosuppressive agent is a calcineurin inhibitor.
  • the immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen is an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor.
  • the immunosuppressive regimen comprises an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, for example, mycophenofate mofetil.
  • mycophenolate mofetil is administered intravenously in a dose of about 15 to about 25 mg/kg.
  • the mycophenolate mofetil is administered intravenously two to three times a day
  • inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor is mycophenolic acid.
  • the mycophenolic acid is administered at a dose of about 25 to about 50 mg/kg in 2 or 3 divided doses.
  • the mycophenolic acid is administered at a dose of about for children about 400 mg/m 2 /dose twice daily with a maximum dose 720 mg, or BSA 1.19 to 1.59 m 2 about 540 mg twice daily, or for BSA > 1.58m 2 about 720 mg twice daily.
  • the mycophenolate mofetil is administered for children at a dose of about 15 to about 25 mg/kg/dose twice a day or for adults about 1500 mg orally or intravenously twice daily and adjusted for a WBC of >3500.
  • the second immunosuppressive regimen may further comprise a glucocorticoid selected from the group consisting of methylprednisolone, prednisone and prednisolone.
  • a glucocorticoid selected from the group consisting of methylprednisolone, prednisone and prednisolone.
  • the dose of glucocorticoid is kept below 4mg/kg/day.
  • the glucocorticoid is administered in a tapered dosage reduction, as described elsewhere in the present disclosure.
  • the caicineurin inhibitor is tacrolimus.
  • the calcineurin inhibitor is cyclosporine A.
  • the administration of the second immunosuppressant regimen is weaned after naive T cells reach 10% of total T cells.
  • the second immunosuppressant regimen is weaned after transplantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic of the mechanism of action of allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (e.g, CTT, RVT-802) following administration for immune reconstitution in congenital athymia.
  • CTT cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic of the steps for reconstituting the immune system in a rat, as described elsewhere in Example 1, by removing the thymus in an immunologically normal Lewis rat, administering an antibody to kill the recipient rat’s T cells, implanting cultured neonatal thymus tissue from a donor rat into the recipient rat, administering an
  • FIG. 3 shows the development of naive T cells in two experimental recipient rats of Example 1 (rising lines on right) versus two controls rat not receiving a thymus tissue implant (thick lines at baseline).
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic of the manufacturing process for harvesting a thymus from a donor, culturing thin slices of the donor thymus tissue for up to 21 days and implanting the cultured thymus tissue in the quadriceps muscle of the recipient.
  • Fig 5 A shows a schematic showing the slicing of thymus tissue for characterization testing, as discussed in section [00520]
  • Fig.5B is a figure of slices of thymus tissue on cellulose filters on surgical sponges in a tissue culture dish as is used for culture of the thymus.
  • FIGs. 6 A-H depict histology testing of thymus tissue slices from a lot (MFG-056) of cultured thymus tissue on day 5, 9, 12 and 21 after harvest of the thymus from a donor.
  • Hematoxylin and eosin-stained slices (left panels) and their corresponding reactivity with a cocktail of the anti-cytokeratin antibodies AE1/AE3 (right panels, brown color denotes positive reactivity) are shown at day 5 (Fig.oA, 6B), day 9 (Fig. 6C, 6D), day 12 (Fig. 6E,
  • Fig 6F day 21
  • Bars in the lower left of each panel represent 100 pm.
  • Panels with H&E show progression depletion of T cells with time.
  • Fig. 6E and 6F are predominantly epithelial cells. Condensation of the epithelium of the subcapsular cortex occurs as the thymocytes are depleted with time. Similar condensation occurs in medullary areas of the thymus. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
  • Figs. 7 A and B depict the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 0 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig. 9A) and 100 pm (Fig. 7B), respectively. This show's the thymus and thymocytes at low pow ' er (bar 5 mm) and high pow ' er (bar 100 um) on day 0.
  • Figs. 8A and 8B are images from H&E stained slide that depict the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 5 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig. 8 A) and 100 pm (Fig. 8B), respectively. Progression of depletion of the thymocytes results in a more eosinophil (pink) appearance of the tissue. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
  • Figs. 9A and B H&E staining depicts the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 12 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig 9A) and 100 pm (Fig. 9B), respectively.
  • Fig 9A a scale of 5 mm
  • Fig. 9B 100 pm
  • the higher magnification show ' s numerous eosinophilic cell bodies lacking nuclei which are diagnostic of necrotic cells that have undergone karyolysis (dissolution of the nuclei). This degree of necrosis is expected at this time in culture.
  • Figs. 10A and 1GB. H&E staining depicts the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 21 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig. 10A) and 100 pm (Fig. 10B), respectively. Note the preservation of the overall architecture of the tissue including in Fig. 10B the subcapsular cortex, cortical region and medullary ' region containing numerous Hassall bodies. The small dark cells are mostly necrotic thymocytes that have not yet undergone karyolysis. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
  • Figs. 1 1 A-E depict representative thymus slices which were immuno-stained with a cocktail of anti-cytokeratin antibodies (AE1/AE3).
  • Fig. 11 A Day 0; Fig. l !B. day 5; Fig.
  • Figs. 12A and 12B depict the histology of thymus tissue slides after exposure to forced degradation conditions of 1 OX PBS.
  • Fig. 12 A depicts the cortex at day 9 after exposure to forced degradation conditions.
  • Fig. 12B depicts the cortex at day 21 after exposure to forced degradation conditions.
  • the smear of blue is DNA released from cells. The majority of cells show evidence of degradation although small foci of cells with intact nuclei can be identified. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
  • Fig. 13 depicts H&E stained histology sections for clinical sample MLM247. This is Day 0 of culture. The bar is 200 um. This is a frozen section from day 0. Because this was frozen, the tissue looks different from paraffin embedded formalin fixed tissue on day 0. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University. [00135] Fig 14. Frozen section, H&F stained histology sections for clinical sample MLM219. This is a frozen section so the tissue looks different from paraffin embedded formalin fixed tissue that was cultured and presented above. Nevertheless, the important histologic characteristics of thymocyte depletion and robust viability of TEC are well represented. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University [00136] Fig. 15 is a photograph of freshly harvested thymus tissue.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic describing the harvesting, culturing, transplantation and biopsy of the transplantation of CTT under the rat kidney capsule, as presented in Example 5
  • Figs. 17A-D present photographs of the harvesting of thymus tissue from 3 -day old FT (LWxDA) rats that was cut into four pieces as described in Example 5 (Fig. 17A).
  • Fig 17C is a photograph of CTT transplanted under the kidney capsule of an LW rat.
  • Fig. 17D is a photograph of a thymus graft harvested at 6 months after transplantation. Arrows indicate the CTT under the kidney capsule.
  • Figs 18A-D are photographs depicting the histologic appearance of fresh thymus tissue (top frames) and CTT (bottom frames) at !OOx magnification.
  • Fig 18A shows a comparison of medullary differentiation in H&E stained fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame), as described in Example 5.
  • Fig. 18B shows the typical lacey pattern observable in CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame) when stained for cytokeratin compared with fresh thymus tissue (top frame), as described in Example 5.
  • Fig 18C shows fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT depleted of T ceils (bottom frame) when stained for Ki-67
  • Fig 18D shows fresh thymus tissue stained for CD3 (top frame) and CTT thymus tissue cultured for 5 days and then stained for CD3 (bottom frame).
  • the brown stain noted in the CD3 stained CTT (Fig. 18D, bottom frame), likely represents some viable cells plus the detritus of dead T cells that have not washed out of the tissue.
  • FIGs. 19A-D are photographs depicting the histologic appearance of fresh thymus tissue (top frames) and CTT (bottom frames) at 600x magnification.
  • Fig. 19A shows a comparison of medullary differentiation in H&E stained fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame), as described in Example 5.
  • Fig. 19B shows the typical lacey pattern observable in CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame) when stained for cytokeratin compared with fresh thymus tissue (top frame), as described in Example 5.
  • Fig I9C shows fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT depleted of T cells (bottom frame) when stained for Ki-67.
  • Fig. 19A shows a comparison of medullary differentiation in H&E stained fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame), as described in Example 5.
  • Fig. 19B shows the typical lacey pattern observable in CTT cultured
  • FIG. 19D shows fresh thymus tissue stained for DCS (top frame) and CTT thymus tissue cultured for 5 days and then stained for CD3 (bottom frame).
  • the brown stain noted in the CDS stained CTT (Fig. 19D, bottom frame), likely represents some viable cells plus the detritus of dead T cells that have not washed out of the tissue.
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic of the experimental design of the experiment reported in Example 5. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtie SI, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Fleart Transplants.
  • Fig. 21 shows repopulating recipient-type T cells are seen in the lower right quadrant after CTT transplantation. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li I, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtie SJ, Kirk AD, Marker! ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart. Transplants. [00143] Figs. 22A and B show transplanted thymus exp!anted at 8.5 month after
  • Fig. 23 shows plots of significantly increased numbers of circulating CD4 and CD8 T cells compared to control animals without transplantation of CTT It also shows significantly increased numbers of naive CD4 and naive CDS T cells in the cultured thymus tissue transplantation (CTTT) group compared to the control group that did not receive CTTT and significantly increased numbers of CD4 and CDS recent thymus emigrants (RLE) in the cultured thymus tissue transplantation (CTT) group compared to the control group that did not receive CTT.
  • CTTT cultured thymus tissue transplantation
  • RLE thymus emigrants
  • FIG. 24 shows immunohistologic analysis of transplanted CTT explained on day 180 showing normal thymus histology under the capsule of the kidney (right hand side of Figure 24A).
  • Fig. 24B shows the explanted graft on H&E. Strains for viable T cells (CD3), T cell proliferation (Ki67), and cytokeratin (detected by a rabbit polyclonal antibody) are shown. In the panel stained for cytokeratin, a lacy pattern is seen with Hassall body formation (arrow) on TECs.
  • This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Fanis AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Marker! ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
  • Fig. 25 shows survival percentages of LW rats after thymectomy
  • FIGs 26A and 26B are photographs of transplanted allografts (DA hearts) from animals transplanted with (26A) and without (26B) CTT showing mononuclear cell infiltration with no signs of rejection by 2004 International Society for Heart &Lung
  • ISHLT Transplantation
  • Fig. 27 is a plot of BN heart graft survival in the neck percentage animal survival vs. graft survival days in LW rats with CTT (that were immunocompetent and rejected the cervical allogeneic BN heart) and control LW animals without CTT (that were
  • Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor- specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
  • Figs. 28A and 28B are photographs of BN heart tissue with (Fig. 28A) and without (Fig. 28B) CTT insertions at 11 and 46 days, respectively. These pictures are the basis of the data in Figs. 27 and 29.
  • the heart in 28A is not rejected because of tolerance.
  • the heart in 28B is not rejected because of immunodeficiency from lack of thymus. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus
  • Fig. 29 shows rejection grading of the cervical BN hearts. Syngeneic LW hearts placed into LW rats (open circles) were not rejected. BN hearts placed into LW rats (filled circles) were rejected. BN hearts placed in LW rats who received CTT were rejected (filled squares). BN hearts placed in LW 7 rats who did not receive CTT were weakly rejected (shaded triangles) in 2 rats and not rejected by the other three rats. These data show that the rats with CTT w ⁇ ere able to strongly reject 3 rd party hearts even while they accepted DA hearts (Fig. 26C) as the CTTT expressed DA. The rats without CTT were immunodeficient and didn’t reject either the DA (Fig. 26C) or the BN hearts.
  • Figs. 30A and 30B are photographs of BN hearts in which rats received or did not receive CTT insertions compared to LW and DA hearts, respectively.
  • Fig. 30 A after immunosuppression was removed and the BN heart transplanted, the BN heart was quickly rejected and thus is very large because of all the inflammation.
  • the LW heart is normal sized for the heart pumping blood through the body.
  • Fig. 30B The DA heart is small as it was placed in the abdomen and didn’t need to pump blood.
  • Fig. 30B the rat is immunodeficient and cannot reject either the BN or DA heart after immunosuppression is removed.
  • This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
  • Figs. 31 A-B are plots of rejection grading for explanted cervical BN hearts from rats with and without CTT insertions vs. BN controls and syngeneic control rats.
  • Fig. 31A depicts quantification of inflammatory cells in the primary abdominal DA cardiac allograft.
  • the syngeneic control shows that LW rats do not reject LW hearts.
  • the DA control shows that LW rats do reject DA hearts.
  • the CTT group does not reject the DA heart because of tolerance.
  • the group without CTT group doesn’t reject the DA heart because of immunodeficiency from lack of a thymus.
  • Fig 31 B depicts quantification of inflammatory cells in secondary cervical BN cardiac allografts.
  • the syngeneic control show's that LW rats do not reject LW hearts.
  • the BN control shows that LW rats do reject BN hearts.
  • the CTT group rejects the BN heart because it is immunocompetent.
  • the group without CTT doesn’t reject the BN heart because of immunodeficiency from lack of a thymus.
  • Fig. 31C show ' s DA and BN heart rats that were harvested from the LW recipients along with the native LW heart at the time of the cervical BN heart rejection.
  • the lower right panel shows the T cells (brown) in the BN heart leading to its rejection.
  • Fig. 3 ID shows T cell infiltration in the LW, DA, and BN hearts from control animals without insertion of CTT.
  • Fig. 32 Humoral tolerance after CTTT.
  • Fig. 32A shows representative histogram plots for post-transplant donor-specific alloantibody (anti-DA and anti -BN antibodies) measured by T cell flow crossmatch.
  • the upper left panel (DA control) shows the
  • anti-DA antibody thin line
  • the upper middle panel show's lack of anti DA antibody in the LW rats that received CTTT; this indicates tolerance.
  • the upper right panel show ' s no response by the LW rats without CTTT; this refl ects the immunodefi ciency of the rats after thymectomy and T cell depletion without receipt of a donor thymus.
  • the lower left panel shows normal anti BN antibody formed by a normal LW rat receiving a cervical BN heart.
  • the lower middle panel show ' s a normal response of the LW rats with CTTT against BN after receiving a cervical BN heart transplant, showing immunocompetence and ability to reject 3 td party.
  • the lower right panel shows that there is no response of the LW rats without CTTT against BN after having received a cervical BN heart transplant, showing immune- incompetence and lack of ability to reject 3 rd party.
  • Fig. 32B show ' s levels of anti-DA antibody after primary 7 DA heart transplantation.
  • the LW rats with CTTT from an LWxDA thymus donor do not make anti DA antibody after a DA heart transplant because they are tolerant to DA.
  • the LW rats without CTTT do not make anti DA antibody after DA heart transplantation because they are immunodeficient.
  • Fig. 32C shows levels of anti -BN antibody after secondary cervical BN heart transplantation.
  • the LW rats with CTTT from an LWxDA donor make antibodies against BN showing immunocompetence against 3 ⁇ party.
  • the LW rats without CTTT do not make antibodies against BN showing
  • Fig. 33 Cryopreservation of non-human primate cultured thymus tissue after 12 days of culture.
  • the top row' is cytokeratin at harvest (A), day 6 of culture (B), day 12 of culture (C), and after 12 days of culture followed by 35 days cryopreservation then thawing for the photo (D).
  • the cytokeratin (AE1/AE3) in D resembles the cytokeratin in C.
  • the second row ' shows CK14 staining with the same time points.
  • the CK14 in H is very similar to that in panel G.
  • the third row show's CD3 staining which has the expected loss of viable T cells through time.
  • Panel L is similar to panel K in having very few' T cells.
  • the fourth row shows Ki-67 staining of proliferating T cells. Staining with Ki-67 is absent by day 6 as the T cells have mainly died. This figure shows the ability to cryopreserve non-human primate thymus similarly to how' cultured thymus tissue will be cryopreserved for patients.
  • the term about generally refers to a range of numerical values (e.g., +!- 5-10% of the recited range) that one of ordinary skill in the art would consider equivalent to the recited value (e.g., having the same function or result).
  • the terms modify all of the values or ranges provided in the list.
  • the term about may include numerical values that are rounded to the nearest significant figure.
  • the term "animal” includes, but is not limited to, humans and non- hum an vertebrates such as wild, domestic, and farm animals. The animal can also be referred to as a "subject.”
  • biocompatible refers to any material, which, when implanted in a mammal, does not provoke an adverse response in the mammal.
  • the terms “comprising” (and any form of comprising, such as “comprise”, “comprises”, and “comprised” ), “having” (and any form of having, such as “have” and “has”), “including” (and any form of including, such as “includes” and “include”), or “containing” (and any form of containing, such as “contains” and “contain “), are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, un-recited elements or method steps.
  • a "graft” refers to a tissue or organ that is implanted into an individual, typically to replace, correct or otherwise overcome a defect.
  • the tissue or organ may consist of cells that originate from the same individual; this graft is referred to herein by the following interchangeable terms: “autograft”, “autologous transplant”, “autologous implant” and “autologous graft”.
  • autograft a tissue or organ that is implanted into an individual, typically to replace, correct or otherwise overcome a defect.
  • autograft autograft
  • autologous transplant autologous implant
  • autologous graft autologous graft
  • a graft from a genetically different individual of the same species is referred to herein by the following interchangeable terms: “allograft”, “allogeneic transplant”, “allogeneic implant” and “allogeneic graft”.
  • a graft from an individual to his identical twin is referred to herein as an "isograft", a “syngeneic transplant”, a “syngeneic implant” or a “syngeneic graft”.
  • a "xenograft”, “xenogeneic transplant” or “xenogeneic implant” refers to a graft from one individual to another of a different species
  • HLA matched refers to a donor recipient pair in which none of the HLA antigens are mismatched between the donor and recipient.
  • HLA matching in the methods of the invention comprise: HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1, HLA-DQA1, HLA-DPB 1, HLA-DPA1.
  • HLA mismatched refers to matching in a donor and recipient HLA antigens, typically with respect to HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1 , HLA-DQA1, HLA-DPB 1 , HLA-DPA1 wherein an HLA mismatch between the donor and recipient occurs.
  • HLA-A HLA-B
  • HLA-C HLA-DRB1
  • HLA-DQB 1 HLA-DQB 1
  • HLA-DQA1 HLA-DPB 1
  • HLA-DPA1 HLA mismatched
  • HLA antigens correspond to“human leukocyte antigens,” which are protein molecules expressed on the surface of cells that confer a unique antigenic identity to these cells. They are also known as“major histocompatibility complex antigens.” Thus the MHC or HLA antigens are target molecules that are recognized by T-cells as being“self” or“non-self.” If the HLA antigens are derived from the same source of hematopoietic stem cells as the immune effector cells they are considered“seif.”
  • the HLA antigens are derived from another source of hematopoieti c reconstituting cells, they are considered“non-self.”
  • HLA class I antigens A, B, and C in humans
  • HLA class II antigens DRB1 , DPB1, DPA1 , DQB1, and DQA1 in humans
  • DRB1 , DPB1, DPA1 , DQB1, and DQA1 in humans are involved in reactions between lymphocytes and antigen presenting cells. Both classes of HLA antigens have been implicated as targets of rejection of transplanted organs
  • HLA genes are clustered on human chromosome position 6p21. This cluster of genes encodes the six classical transplantation HL A genes. The segment of 6p21 also encodes genes encoding proteins having important roles in the regulation of the immune system and other fundamental molecular and cellular processes. The complete cluster measures roughly 3.6 Mb, with at least 224 gene loci.
  • haplotypes occur (the set of alleles present on a single chromosome).
  • the haplotypes inherited from one parent tend to be inherited as a group.
  • the set of alleles inherited from each parent forms a haplotype, in which some alleles tend to be associated together.
  • HLA matching is used to identify the recipient’s haplotypes and help in identifying suitable matching donors. Certain haplotypes are more prevalent than others and they vary in frequency in different racial and ethnic groups.
  • the phrase "in need thereof means that the subject has been identified as having a need for the particular method or treatment. In some embodiments, the identification can be by any means of diagnosis. In any of the methods and treatments described herein, the subject can be in need thereof.
  • integer from X to Y means any integer that includes the endpoints.
  • integer from X to Y means 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • the term "mammal” means a rodent (i.e., a mouse, a rat, or a guinea pig), a monkey, a cat, a dog, a cow, a horse, a pig, or a human. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human.
  • organ refers to a solid vascularized organ that performs a specific function or group of functions within an organism.
  • the term organ includes, but is not limited to heart, lung, kidney, liver, pancreas, skin, uterus, bone, cartilage, small or large bowel, bladder, brain, breast, blood vessels, esophagus, fallopian tube, gallbladder, ovaries, pancreas, prostate, placenta, spinal cord, limb including upper and lower, spleen, stomach, testes, thymus, thyroid, trachea, ureter, urethra, uterus.
  • the terms “prevent”, “preventing” and “prevention” refer to the administration of therapy to an individual who may ultimately manifest at least one symptom of a disease, disorder, or condition, but who has not yet done so, to reduce the chance that the individual will develop the symptom of the disease, di sorder, or condition over a given period of time. Such a reduction may be reflected, for example, in a delayed onset of the at least one symptom of the disease, disorder, or condition in the patient.
  • the phrase "therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • the therapeutic effect is dependent upon the disorder being treated or the biological effect desired. As such, the therapeutic effect can be a decrease in the severity of symptoms associated with the disorder and/or inhibition (partial or complete) of progression of the disorder, or improved treatment, healing, prevention or elimination of a disorder, or side-effects.
  • tissue refers to any type of tissue in human or animals, and includes, but is not limited to, vascular tissue, skin tissue, hepatic tissue, pancreatic tissue, neural tissue, urogenital tissue, gastrointestinal tissue, skeletal tissue including bone and cartilage, adipose tissue, connective tissue including tendons and ligaments, amniotic tissue, chorionic tissue, dura, pericardia, muscle tissue, glandular tissue, facial tissue, ophthalmic tissue.
  • tissue bank in the context of the present disclosure refers to long-term storage of cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product stored under liquid nitrogen.
  • General guidance for establishment of a repository for allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product may be drawn from Guidance for Industry. Current Good Tissue Practice (CGTP) and Additional Requirements for Manufacturers of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products (HCT/Ps) available at CGTP.
  • CGTP Current Good Tissue Practice
  • HCT/Ps Cellular and Tissue-Based Products
  • Tissue engineer(ing)(-ed) refers to the process of generating tissues ex vivo for use in tissue replacement or reconstruction.
  • Tissue engineering is an example of "regenerative medicine” which encompasses approaches to the repair or replacement of tissues and organs by incorporation of cells, genes or other biological building blocks, along with bioengineered materials and technologies.
  • transplant rejection encompasses both acute and chronic transplant rejection.
  • acute rejection is the rejection by the immune system of a tissue transplant recipient when the transplanted tissue is immunologically foreign. Acute rejection is characterized by infiltration of the transplant tissue by immune cells of the recipient, which carry' out their effector function and destroy the transplant tissue. The onset of acute rejection is rapid and generally occurs in humans within a few weeks after transplant surgery.
  • acute rejection can be inhibited or suppressed with immunosuppressive drugs such as rapamycin, cyclosporin A, anti-CD40L monoclonal antibody and the like.
  • immunosuppressive drugs such as rapamycin, cyclosporin A, anti-CD40L monoclonal antibody and the like.
  • beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms; diminishment of extent of condition, disorder or disease, stabilized (i.e , not worsening) state of condition, disorder or disease; delay in onset or slowing of condition, disorder or disease progression; amelioration of the condition, disorder or disease state or remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable; an amelioration of at least one measurable physical parameter, not necessarily discernible by the patient; or enhancement or improvement of condition, disorder or disease.
  • any concentration range, percentage range, ratio range or integer range is to be understood to include the value of any integer within the recited range and, when appropriate, fractions thereof (such as one tenth and one hundredth of an integer), unless otherwise indicated. Ranges are approximate and may vary by more than an integer.
  • Measured values are understood to be approximate, taking into account significant digits and the error associated with the measurement.
  • Donor thymus tissue may be obtained during post-natal heart operations with the informed consent of the donor’s family. The removal of some thymus may be necessary to reveal the operative site. Thus, a portion of the thymus may be removed during the heart operation in post-natal heart surgeries, due to the nature of the surgical procedure
  • thymus tissue may be discarded during the surgical procedure.
  • surgeon places the thymus tissue that has been removed into a sterile container.
  • Thymus tissue donors for thymus tissue transplantation in infants with complete Di George syndrome have been infants under nine months of age.
  • the drug substance allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is manufactured by processing and culturing the discarded thymus tissue as described herein.
  • Consent for use of the thymus in cultured thymus tissue transplantation may be obtained before or after the thymus is harvested. However, consent allowing blood to be obtained from the infant prior to undergoing bypass is necessary and is always obtained prior to the surgery. This blood sample is used for donor screening.
  • Tissue may be processed immediately or stored refrigerated overnight for next day- processing. If the thymus tissue is to be stored overnight, the tissue is aseptically added to thymus organ medium (“TOM” medium described below) sufficient to completely cover the thymus tissue in the original container. The container with the thymus is placed in refrigerator until ready to process the next day.
  • TOM thymus organ medium
  • the conditioning regimen depletes the donor thymocytes from the cultured thymus tissue slices. Based on in vitro data (immunohistochemistry) a culture period between 12 and 21 days preserves the epithelial network as assessed using cytokeratin antibodies. The culturing is preferably done at 37°C in a 5% C0 2 incubator.
  • the thymus tissue is preferably sliced and put on Millipore® cellulose or equivalent filters and placed on surgical sponges in tissue culture dishes.
  • the medium comprises the thymus organ medium (TOM) and is changed daily.
  • the thymus on receipt is assessed by pathology.
  • the test for identity must show >50% of areas positive for keratin in lacy staining pattern.
  • the test for potency must show Hassall bodies; it must also show CK14 staining in lacy pattern.
  • the test for viability must show >90% intact nuclei observed in sections.
  • the lot release for the tissue is done on one day between day 5 and day 9 (inclusive) and is performed by pathology.
  • For identity areas on tissue between days 5 and 9 must be positive for keratin, AEI/AE3.
  • the cultured thymus tissue between days 5 and 9 must show cytokeratin CK 14 staining scattered throughout, and there must be at least one Hassall body identified.
  • the cultured thymus tissue between days 5 and 9 must show intact nuclei.
  • the thymus tissue slices are conditioned for about 12 days and then cryopreserved. In another embodiment all of the thymus tissue slices are conditioned for about 12 days, then about half are implanted in the recipient and the remaining thymus tissue slices are cryopreserved for future use
  • the thymus is cut into thin slices.
  • the slices are held in culture for 12-21 days. This culturing process, as described in detail below, depletes viable donor T cells and ultimately enables the surgically implanted tissue slice to reconstitute the athymic subject’s immune system, albeit at potentially lower, but immunologically effective T cell levels.
  • the culturing process significantly modifies the biological characteristics of the donor thymus tissue and constituent cells contained therein in the following manner to optimize the effective therapeutic properties of the CTT slices.
  • the culturing process assures that a defined composition of the cultured cells/tissue having the pre-requisite biological characteristics is obtained in a manner suitable for surgical implantation into a subject to enable reconstitution of the subject’s immune system
  • the culturing process results in a loss of thymocytes and relative enrichment of thymic epithelial cells and other stromal cells in the donor thymus tissue slices.
  • the culturing process further results in depletion of thym ocytes and maintenance of TECs to enable reconstitution of the recipient’s immune system and allows tolerance to develop in the recipient to HLA antigens in the donor thymus.
  • the manufacturing process is designed to deplete thymocytes from the donor thymus tissue and to preserve the functional architecture of the thymic stroma (thymic epithelial cells and fibroblasts).
  • processed donor thymus tissue is an engineered thymus tissue product capable of inducing tolerance to the thymus tissue types (HLA antigens) in a subject in need thereof following a surgical implantation procedure.
  • HLA antigens thymus tissue types
  • processed donor thymus tissue is an engineered thymus tissue product capable of inducing tolerance to the thymus tissue types (HLA antigens) in a subject in need thereof following a surgical implantation procedure.
  • HLA antigens thymus tissue types
  • thymocytes and their remnants that lack nuclei are hypothesized to be important for the intended function of the tissue-engineered product, because they help to preserve the open pockets in the three- dimensional network of thymic epithelial cells that is necessary' for the entry of recipient bone marrow stem cells post-treatment.
  • the importance of having“space” for the entering bone marrow stem cells is supported by experience with patient DIG003 in Markert, 1999 (See list of reference infra).
  • donor tissue share any HLA alleles.
  • Anti-HLA antibody testing is performed in the recipient to determine if the recipient has any antibodies against HLA antigens in the thymus. If the recipient has antibodies targeting the donor’s MHC, another thymus would be sought.
  • the donor and the mother of the donor are checked for infection per the FDA guidance document“Guidance for Industry. Eligibility Determination for Donors of Human Cells, Tissues and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products (HCT/Ps)” and more recent Guidance documents.
  • the tissue is processed aseptieally under the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1271 subpart D“Current Good Tissue Practice.”
  • the tissue is released from manufacturing and provided to the surgical team for transplantation, the tissue is surgically implanted into the recipient, as described previously
  • the culturing process of the harvested thymus tissue significantly modifi es the biological characteristics of the donor tissue and constituent cells contained therein in the following manners: loss of donor thymocytes and enrichment of thymic epithelial cells and other stromal cells, and depletion of donor thymocytes modifies the physiologic functions of the tissue (e.g., secretion of cytokines and growth factors) as well as its structural properties.
  • Thymus tissue during the first few days of culturing appears red due to residual blood on and within the tissue. See, e.g., Fig. 15.
  • thymic epithelial cells On day 0 following harvesting of the discarded thymus tissue the tissue is densely populated with viable thymocytes embedded in a stroma that contains thymic epithelial cells and fibroblasts. AE1/AE3 and CK14 staining confirm the presence of cytokeratin (ex positive thymic epithelial cells, which are characteristic of normal thymus. The thymic epithelial cells form a lacy three-dimensional network with delicate processes that surround neighboring thymocytes.
  • thymocytes Numerous thymocytes are washed out of the tissue, especially over the first 3 days. This depletion can be identified histologically as early as day 2 by H&E stains that show decreased thymocyte density, particularly in medullary areas. The majority of the thymocytes that remain in the tissue show nuclear changes consistent with apoptosis and/or necrosis or demonstrate karyolysis (complete loss of nuclei). Many of these dead thymocytes and their cellular remnants remain present throughout the thymus tissue and are believed to prevent total collapse of the space between epithelial cells.
  • epithelial condensation can be seen in external areas, such as in the subcapsular cortex where loss of thymocytes has led the epithelial cell network to collapse.
  • These condensed subcapsular cortical epithelial cells can form linear arrays several ceil layers thick, which may add to the mechanical strength of the slices.
  • Some medullary epithelium may also condense to form patches of contiguous epithelial cells
  • Thymus Tissue Detailed Culturing of Thymus Tissue.
  • thymus tissue for infants with complete Di George syndrome is obtained as discarded tissue from infants under the age of 9 months undergoing cardiac surgery, as described previously.
  • discarded thymus will be obtained from individuals up to 50 years of age. Use of the thymus tissue will depend on whether it meets criteria for use as set forth in this specification.
  • the thymus tissue is aseptically processed and cultured under cGMP conditions to produce partially T cell-depleted thymus tissue slices.
  • the manufacture of cultured thymus tissue consists of the following general steps: receipt and processing of incoming thymus tissue, slicing, culturing, media changes, dose calculation, packaging and transporting the thymus to the operating room. In addition, incoming thymus tissue is tested for acceptability and in-process and release testing is conducted on thymus tissue slices.
  • the thymus tissue slicing process entails using sterile, single-use scissors and forceps to cut off a piece of thymus tissue. The operator removes the capsule of the thymus with forceps and scissors and places the capsule in the lid of the plate for disposal later.
  • the piece of thymus tissue is placed in the single-use tissue sheer using forceps.
  • the top of the sheer (e.g, Stadie-Riggs hand microtome (Thomas Scientific, Swedesboro, NJ)), is placed onto the middle portion of the sheer and tightened in place. The operator runs the blade through the tissue piece to cut off a slice. The slices are approximately 0.5 to 1 mm thick. After cutting each slice, the top of the sheer is removed and the tissue slice is transferred onto pre-wetted sterilized Miliipore filters using forceps. The filters are pre wetted with TOM. Approximately 50-90% of the filter space is filled without overlap of the tissue slices
  • the filter and thymus slices are transferred to a gelatin surgical sponge saturated with TOM in a tissue culture dish. Two filters are placed per sponge and 2 sponges are used per tissue culture dish. The process of slicing pieces of thymus is repeated until the required number of slices has been prepared. Culture dishes are labeled with an operation number, dish number, and ISBT barcode label. Completed dishes are placed in a humidified incubator at 37°C with 5% C0 2.
  • the tissue engineered drug substance comprises thymus tissue slices after they have been placed in a culture dish in media and cultured for 12 to 21 day, as described below.
  • the tissue-engineered drug product comprises the thymus tissue slices after transfer into a drug product container. No other processing is conducted to create the drug product from the drug substance; the only processing of drug substance to create drug product is transfer of slices into the leak proof container and corresponding media change.
  • thymus tissue is obtained from the operating room as discarded tissue fro infants aged 9 months and under undergoing cardiac surgery.
  • the tissue is then placed in a sterile specimen cup with a screw-cap top by the surgical team and transported to a GMP facility under ambient conditions for processing.
  • the sterile specimen container in which the thymus is received is labeled, including a barcode, with the donor’s name and medical record number.
  • the donor screening group gives the thymus a unique identifier (thymuses are numbered consecutively) and a unique medical record number. For manufacturing, each tissue has an operation number, and a unique label. All identifiers are recorded on a‘"Confidential Thymus Donor Form” that is maintained separately from the batch record and kept confidential.
  • the drug substance container closure system may be a cell culture dish with lid.
  • One slice of thymus tissue is placed on a filter and two filters are placed on each gelatin sponge in thymus organ media in the dish. Four slices are placed in each culture dish and the dishes are stored in the incubator, with daily media changes, until ready for release
  • the culture dishes can be obtained from Coming.
  • the dishes may be sterile, non-pyrogenic Falcon 1® 100 mm polystyrene cell culture dishes (product #353003).
  • the dishes are cleaned by vacuum-gas plasma treatment and sterilized by gamma irradiation.
  • the dimensions of the dish are 89.43 mm O.D. x 19.18 mm.
  • the Surgifoam ® sponge may be manufactured by Ethicon and it meets the requirements for Absorbable Gelatin Sponge, USP.
  • a suitable sponge is a sterile, water-insoluble, malleable, porcine gelatin absorbable sponge that is intended for hemostatic use.
  • An illustrative example of the mixed cellulose esters filter is manufactured by Millipore (product # SMWP 02500).
  • the 25 mm hydrophilic membrane has a 5.0 mih pore size. It is made of biologically inert mixtures of cellulose acetate and cellulose nitrate. The filter is sterilized by ethylene oxide prior to use.
  • the thymus After release and acceptance of the donor thymus into the processing laboratory, the thymus is cut into thin slices, which are placed on sterile filter papers that are put on the surgical sponges in sterile culture dishes. If the tissue is not processed immediately, it is stored in thymus organ media (TOM), as described below, at 2 - 8 °C for up to 24 hours after harvest from the donor before processing is initiated.
  • TOM thymus organ media
  • processing occurs in an ISO 5 space of a biological safety cabinet (BSC) in an ISO 7 manufacturing clean room.
  • BSC biological safety cabinet
  • Only one lot of thymus tissue from a single thymus is processed in the BSC at any time.
  • the BSC is cleaned before use.
  • the thymus is tested for appearance by visual inspection and weighed.
  • the thymus is then placed in a 150-mm tissue culture dish in TOM.
  • the capsule of the thymus is removed with sterile, single-use forceps and scissors. Tissue pieces are taken for testing and as retained samples.
  • the incoming thymus tissue is tested for identity by histology. Donor eligibility is also confirmed. Processing continues prior to receipt of histologic results and all donor screening results.
  • Donor screening is required per 21 CFR 1271 to protect the safety of the thymus tissue transplant recipient. This screening minimizes the risk of disease transmission from donor to recipient.
  • tissue slice is transferred onto pre-wetted sterilized Millipore ® filters using forceps.
  • the filters are pre-wetted with TOM. Approximately 50-90% of the filter space is filled without overlap of the tissue slices.
  • the filter and thymus slices are transferred to a gelatin surgical sponge saturated with TOM in a tissue culture dish.
  • the medium is made with ingredients approved for use in humans which are unlikely to cause allergic reactions, whenever such reagents are available.
  • FBS Fetal Bovine Serum
  • TOM [00242] In an embodiment, the following materials are used to prepare TOM:
  • HAMS FI 2 Gibco #1 1765-054 (or case 1 1765-062), 500 ml bottles or equivalent source.
  • HEPES Gibco #15630-080 or equivalent, 1M solution, 100 ml bottles. Final concentration 25 mM.
  • FBS that is HI may be used in the following manner:
  • FBS must be heat inactivated at 56°C for 30 min.
  • TOM may be prepared in the following manner.
  • sterilization of the TOM preparation may be performed in the following manner. Dispense 1 liter TOM into one liter flask. Measure 80 ml TOM in a disposable sterile cylinder. Pour the 80 ml TOM into a 150 ml Corning filter sterilization unit. Attach house vacuum to filter and filter sterilize per manufacturer’s directions. Remove the filter unit from the container and discard. Cap the collection bottle with the sterile cap (provided with the unit). Label with TOM Lot No. Test one aliquot for bacterial culture with anaerobes, fungal culture, other, and Mycoplasma culture. Test one aliquot for endotoxin. Store ail TOM aliquots in the -20° C freezer upright.
  • TOM media may be released for use if: LAL result must equal to or less than 2 EU/rni for samples diluted 20 fold for testing or 1 EU/ml for samples diluted 10 fold for testing, all culture results must be negative for growth.
  • a BSC must be used for the filtering and dispensing the medium.
  • TOM is tested for sterility and endotoxin before release. TOM is not released for culturing a donor thymus until after the 14-day sterility testing acceptance criterion has been met. Once prepared, TOM is stored at -2Q°C until thawed, at which point it may be stored for use in the refrigerator for up to two weeks
  • the 14-day sterility testing may, for example, be conducted using the Bad/ ALERT culture system.
  • the BacT/ ALERT BioMerieux, Durham, NC
  • the BacT/ ALERT is a commercially available culture system that can be used to test samples using an automated microbial detection system.
  • FBS may be obtained from GIB CO brand, Life Technologies.
  • the FBS is prepared by an aseptic, validated process.
  • FBS meets USD A requirements for abattoir-sourced animals, traceability and country of origin.
  • All fetal blood is collected from fetuses derived from healthy da s that have passed pre- and post-mortem certified veterinary inspection. All FBS are traceable by date and location of collection.
  • FBS collected and processed in the United States is from USD A approved and inspected slaughter establishments. The United States is recognized by the USD A as being free of foot and mouth disease and rinderpest. To qualify the supplier, FBS is tested for pH, osmolality, endotoxin, total protein and identity before use
  • thymus slices are cultured for up to 21 days, and during culture the medium is changed daily. These thymus slices are considered the drug substance. During the culture period, many thymocytes are washed out of the thymus tissue slices or the thymocytes undergo apoptosis while preserving the thymic stroma. All manufacturing steps are conducted using sterile, disposable equipment and supplies.
  • Media is aspirated by pipette from the culture dish and pooled into a sterile collection container for in-process testing. Ten (10) mL of fresh thymus organ media is then gently dispensed to each culture dish in a rinsing manner over the ti ssue slices. After the media change is completed, samples are taken from the pooled media for sterility and histology, if needed. Particle sampling and personnel monitoring are completed and line clearance is performed.
  • the medium is changed daily.
  • the slices are cultured for up to 21 days
  • In-process testing is conducted to provide insight into the process and product quality and to help ensure the safety and quality of the final drug product.
  • Samples are collected for sterility in-process testing on day 1 and day 7. Samples are collected for mycoplasma in-process testing on day 7. Samples are collected for in- process histology testing between days 5 and 9 The dose is determined on the day prior to release. Gram stain, BacT, mycoplasma and endotoxin are tested on the day of release.
  • the Gra stain is a bacteriological laboratory technique used to differentiate bacterial species into two groups, Gram-positive and Gram -negative. Gram stain is tested on pooled spent culture medium from the culture dishes. The method uses a staining technique to determine the classification based on the physical properties of the cell wall. This method is used to make a preliminary morphologic identification or to establish whether there are significant numbers of bacteria in a clinical specimen. Staining is conducted either manually or using an automated Stainer. It has been demonstrated that the two different staining methods showed no qualitative differences that would impact culture results.
  • Histology testing performed on days 5-9 includes: (1) determination that areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 are scattered throughout tissue on days 5-9; (2) at least 1 Hassall body is microscopically identified; (3) CK14 staining of the tissue slices is scattered throughout the thymus tissue; and (4) intact nuclei are microscopically observed.
  • Hassall bodies and intact nuclei as well as successful CK 14 staining are indicative of normal healthy thymus tissue that has been cultured
  • Culture time is an important process parameter. As noted, culturing is performed for up to 21 days.
  • Acceptance criteria for incoming thymus tissue product include the tests identified in Table 1 below.
  • CK cytokeratin
  • EU endotoxin unit
  • USP United States
  • Pharmacopeia A thymus tissue is processed prior to obtaining all donor screening results.
  • the acceptance criterion for weight is greater than or equal to 3 grams. This is the minimal thymus weight that is accepted to ensure sufficient material is available for proper dosing of the final product.
  • the acceptance criterion is based on experience in processing thymus tissue.
  • Acceptance criteria for cultured thymus tissue drag substance testing is identified in Table 3 below.
  • the acceptance criterion for identity is that thymus tissue identity is confirmed by histology on day 1 and at the midpoint (days 5-9).
  • a barcode is used for tracking of the tissue throughout the processing and the barcode is confirmed at release to verify the correct identity of the product.
  • the histology method is a standard method used by hospitals for all tissue types, as is known by a person of skill in the art.
  • Samples of the product are fixed in 10% formalin and transported to the laboratory. Containers are labeled with a coded identifier instead of the patient’s name to protect patient privacy, along a medical record number. Upon arrival in pathology, the specimens are assigned a unique pathology accession number, and barcoded. The subsequent blocks, slides, and paperwork are all barcoded with this pathology accession number.
  • the formalin-fixed tissue is grossly examined, and a written gross description of the material is prepared that will become part of the final report.
  • the formalin-fixed tissue is then processed and embedded into a paraffin block by standard methodology on an automated processor. Sections are cut from the paraffin block and the following stains are performed by ASCP-certified histotechnologists:
  • the incoming thymus sample also serves as a control for tissue slices that have been in culture for 5-9 days, when samples are tested as part of potency testing.
  • the incoming thymus sample appears as a typical thymus sample and then changes occur to the tissue slices while they are cultured and then tested after 5-9 days in culture. After 5-9 days in culture, the sample must show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK 14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei.
  • the cultured thymus tissue must be free of microorganisms. In the sterility test performed on day 1 and day 7, there should be no growth of microorganisms. Mycoplasma should be negative upon testing on day 7. The sterility test should be gram stain negative.
  • Product sterility is maintained using appropriate controls including aseptic technique; employing a training program and verifying the qualification of operators;
  • Tissue slices normally exhibit a yellow to reddish brown appearance with varying thickness and shape.
  • Thymus tissue identity is confirmed by histology on day 1 and at midpoint (days 5-
  • a barcode is used for tracking of the tissue throughout the processing and the barcode is confirmed at release.
  • the dosage (area) is 1,000 - 20,000 mm 2 of thymus ti ssue / recipient body surface area in m2. Dose is controlled by the surface area of slices released to the operating room as appropriate for the patient’s body surface area.
  • the acceptable dose range is defined as LOGO - 20,000 mm 2 of thymus tissue per recipient body surface area (BSA) in m 2 .
  • the area of the thymus tissue is determined by photograph using software analysis (PAX-it Image Analysis Software)
  • BSA is determined using the patient ’ s height in cm and weight in kg.
  • the DuBois and DuBois formula is used to calculate the BSA:
  • BSA 0.007184 x [height (cm)] 0 ” 5 x [weight (kg)] 0 425 .
  • the cultured thymus tissue is tested for endotoxin.
  • the specification is ⁇ 5 EU/kg body weight/hr.
  • Endotoxin testing may be performed, for example, by using the Endosafe PTS system.
  • the cartridges used with the Endosafe PTS use a chromogenic kinetic Limulus Arnebocyte Lysate (LAL) test.
  • LAL chromogenic kinetic Limulus Arnebocyte Lysate
  • Each cartridge contains precise amounts ofLAL reagent, chromogenic substrate and control standard endotoxin.
  • Test sample is pipetted into four sample reservoirs.
  • the instalment draws and mixes the sample with LAL reagent in two channels (sample channels) and with the LAL reagent and positive product control in the other two (spike channels).
  • the sample is incubated then combined with the chromogenic substrate. After mixing, the optical density of the wells is measured and compared to a standard curve archived in the instalment.
  • the instrument measures the reaction time in each channel.
  • the archived standard curve specific for each batch of cartridges is constructed using the log of the reaction time versus the log of the endotoxin standard concentration.
  • the sample and spike values are calculated by interpolation off the standard curve using the reaction time. This testing meets the requirements of United States Pharmacopeia (USP).
  • Testing for mycoplasma may be performed in the following manner. A sample of the pooled media is removed from the plates on day 7 and tested before product release.
  • the patient’s attending physician and sponsor will treat the patient appropriately A positive culture requires that the species of the contaminating organism be identified and its antibiotic sensitivity determined.
  • the attending physician will institute antibiotic therapy for the thymus recipient, if indicated.
  • the drug product undergoes similar visual inspections and histology testing before use.
  • the slices are transferred into drug product containers for transport to the operating room. Once received in the operating room, the slices are inserted into the thigh muscle of the recipient patient
  • the container should be intact with no visible damage and the thymus tissue slices should appear as yellow to reddish-brown slices of tissue with varying thickness and shape. The tissue slices are visually examined to confirm that these acceptance criteria are met. Cryopreservation and thawing of allogeneic cultured post-natal thymus tissue derived product
  • Cryopreservation of the allogeneic cultured post-natal thymus tissue derived product may be performed in the following manner.
  • a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product prepared by method comprising the steps of:
  • HLA-A typing HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DPA1;
  • the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cel! depleted donor thymus tissue slices; further wherein the donor thymus tissue slices show, on days 5 to 9, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen,
  • cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in liquid nitrogen in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank.
  • the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product of claim 66 wherein the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nucl ei are intact.
  • the donor thymus is sliced and divided into roughly two equal portions, putting each slice with its cellulose filter in a separate cryovial (Nunc tube).
  • the filter is folded in half to insert it into the tube.
  • About 1 to about 1 5 ml of freezing medium sterile filtered 90% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 10% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)] at room temperature is added to cover the tissue.
  • the sterile cap of the cryovial is replaced on the tube.
  • the tubes are placed overnight in a ⁇ 80°C freezer.
  • each tissue plus filter in a 5ml CryoELITE tissue Vial (Wheaton). Put 3 to 5 ml of freezing medium at room temperature to cover the tissue. Put in a Styrofoam box and put in - 80° freezer overnight. The vials are then transferred to the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen freezer. Alternatively a controlled rate freezer can be used to bring the temperature of the cryovials to liquid nitrogen temperature
  • the Starplex containers with the tissue are brought into the operating room.
  • the tissue on the filters are transferred to the sterile field into a tissue culture dish with approximately 2 ml of sterile saline.
  • the scrub nurse removes the ti ssue from the filter paper by scrapping or pulling with forceps.
  • the scrub nurse places the tissue, in an amorphous pile, back on the filter paper.
  • the tissue culture dish with approximately 4 filters and the tissue is transferred to the operative site where the surgeon can easily access the tissue.
  • the tissue is placed in the quadriceps muscles similarly to the procedure with CTT (RVT-802)
  • the Cryo-CTT resembles the CTT in that it is partially T-cell depleted, the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, slices contain at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining is scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei.
  • thymus tissue slices from the donor are cultured for 12-21 days. On the day of the solid organ transplantation steroids are usually given at the induction of anesthesia.
  • the thymus of the recipient is surgically removed at the time of the solid organ transplant.
  • the thymectomy may be done prior to the day of transplantation or on that day.
  • the thymectomy method would be surgical, thorascopic or robotic.
  • the recipient is given more steroids prior to receiving equine anti -thymocyte globulin (e.g., rabbit anti -thymocyte globulin) over 3 to 7 days to kill most of the residual T cells (and NK cells) in the recipient or alemtuzumab over 4 days to kill the T, B and NK cells.
  • equine anti -thymocyte globulin e.g., rabbit anti -thymocyte globulin
  • alemtuzumab over 4 days to kill the T, B and NK cells.
  • an immunosuppressant such as cyclosporine or tacrolimus
  • mycophenyiate is then started until T cells develop and show greater than 10% naive T cells. It may take 6 to 12 months for the naive T cells to increase to this number.
  • Cultured thymus tissue is processed for the thymus of the donor of the solid organ. Half of the CTT can be implanted into the quadricepts muscle between 12 and 21 days. The other half of the thymus will be cryopreserved for future use of the recipient.
  • the immunosuppressive regimens will suppress any remaining T cells until naive T cells are released by the cultured thymus tissue slices implanted in the recipient and the recipient meets criteria for weaning off the maintenance immunosuppression regimen. (Over 10% naive T cells are needed to wean the immunosuppression.)
  • the thymus is identified and carefully dissected away from the pleural investment of the lung, starting with the inferior horns and extending to the superior horns.
  • Chest tube placement One chest tube is always inserted (into the mediastinum). If a single pleural space is entered during the operation, the chest tube is continued from the mediastinum into that pleural space. If both pleural spaces are entered, a second chest tube is used in a similar fashion from the mediastinum to the other pleural space
  • Sternum closure In neonates or infants, 0-Ticron sutures are used to close the sternum. At about 1-2 year of age, #1 sternal wires are used. At about 2-5 years of age, #4 sternal wires are used.
  • a skin wound vac is placed on the sternum.
  • Allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product should be implanted in accordance with the following instructions. Implantation of thymus tissue into the thigh requires a healthy bed of muscle tissue.
  • tissue slices on the filter papers that are on surgical sponges in medium are removed from the tissue culture dishes and placed in 120 ml sterile cups with 20 mi medium, packaged to maintain sterility, and delivered to the operating room or packaged for shipment. Tissue slices are not removed from the individual containers until ready to be used. Verify the product expiration date and time.
  • the sterile field team member will use a pair of forceps to remove the individual tissue slice with its filter paper from the container and place it in a sterile tissue culture dish containing approximately 2 ml preservative-free saline on the sterile prep table.
  • Four tissue slices with the filter papers taken from four containers are placed in one sterile tissue culture dish that is on the sterile field in front of the sterile field team member.
  • the sterile field team member then peels the tissue slice away from the filter paper using two pairs of forceps, one of which holds the filter in place while the other pulls the tissue or scraps the tissue into a pile.
  • the tissue removed from each filter paper is than put on that filter paper in a pile in the middle of the filter paper.
  • the sterile tissue culture dish is then transferred to the sterile field.
  • the next set of four allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product containers will then be processed the same way while the surgeon is implanting the first 4 slices.
  • the surgeon finishes implanting the first four slices the next dish with 4 pieces of tissue is put in the surgical field and the initial tissue culture dish is returned to the sterile field in front of the sterile field team member for loading the 3 ra set of four tissue slices. Continue this cycle until all the desired tissue is implanted. All of the tissue slices are not transferred at the beginning to avoid contamination from the air in the operating room.
  • Step 1 Skin opening.
  • Step 3 Muscle spreading and implantation.
  • Step 3 Separate the muscle using a tonsil clamp or similar instrument along the natural furrows of the quadriceps muscle.
  • the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product individual thymus slices should be implanted without cutting muscle tissue. Place individual tissue slices in“pockets” approximately 1 cm apart and approximately 1 cm in depth within the quadriceps muscle along the natural furrows. Depending on the size of the patient, the surgeon may place approximately 6-7 slices into 6 to 7 pockets along each furrow. Individual allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product slices may be cut in half prior to implantation depending on the mass of tissue on each filter A thick slice of tissue that had fully covered the filter paper should be cut in half for optimal
  • Step 5 Repeat Steps 3-4 for each allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product tissue slice up to the maximum intended dose.
  • the donor is a living related donor as for lung, kidney, intestine, or partial liver, a portion of that solid organ donors’ thymus may be adequate for culture and implantation.
  • Cryopreserved-cultured thymus tissue may be available from a 3 rd party donor.
  • the 3 rd party donor must express all the recipient HLA alleles that are not expressed by the solid organ donor. This includes HLA- A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB1, HLA-DQAl, HLA-DPB1, HLA-DPA1.
  • mismatching in HLA-DP alleles is acceptable if the mismatch is“permissive.” In other alleles minor mismatching is allowed, e.g., HLA- A*01 :02 into a recipient carrying HLA-A*0l : 01 , in other words, the second field (after the colon) can be different, the first field (before the colon) must be identical.
  • Eligibility of a subject is determined based on a number of criteria including: Poor 12 to 24 month prognosis without cardiac transplantation despite current maximum supportive therapies; congenital or acquired heart disease with failure to thrive as defined by UNOS criteria; symptoms of advanced heart failure in the setting of congenital or acquired heart disease refractory to medical therapy; abnormal hemodynamics or increasing pulmonary vascular resistance; inoperable structural heart disease; symptomatic arrhythmias not amenable to medication or device therapy or poor exercise tolerance.
  • a number of absolute and relative contraindications to heart transplant surgery are assessed, including, for example, reversible renal dysfunction unless the subject is a candidate for heart/kidney transplant; irreversible liver disease unless candidate for heart/liver transplant, irreversible pulmonary dysfunction, use of non-con ventional mechanical ventilator support (i.e . high frequency ventilator, maximal settings of CMV) or fixed pulmonary hypertension (TPG>15) unless the subject is a candidate for a heart-lung transplant; Diabetes meilitus with microvascular disease; or active, uncontrolled seizure disorder.
  • non-con ventional mechanical ventilator support i.e . high frequency ventilator, maximal settings of CMV
  • TPG>15 fixed pulmonary hypertension
  • Other contraindications may include other diseases limiting long term survival and rehabilitation following a heart transplant; substance abuse, morbid obesity, malignancies; active psychiatric disorder; and other reasons such as documented medical non-compliance.
  • Relative contraindications include active infections, cognitive dysfunction;
  • Donor and recipient histocompatibility management is also considered. Patients are evaluated for panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) for pre-formed HLA antibodies that the recipient may have formed in response to a“sensitizing event” such as prior transfusions or major surgeries using bypass/blood products or homograft materials
  • PRA panel reactive antibodies
  • Patients with an excessively high HLA class I or class II PRA or those undergoing repeat transplant may be candidates for desensitization strategies. Specific strategies will be individualized to the potential recipient and may include use of plasmapheresis, IVIG, rituximab and/or bortezomib. Significant antibodies are those that remain present after a 1 : 16 dilution.
  • Pre-sensitized patients may require an actual prospective cross-match with potential donors. Patients with a history of HLA antibodies will undergo virtual cross-match in UNET at the time a transplant is being considered. [00360] Pre-sensitized patients may require an actual prospective cross-match with potential donors via the following general guidelines. All patients with a history of HLA antibodies will undergo virtual cross-match in IJNET at the time an offer is being considered.
  • Immunosuppression management is determined based on the solid organ to be transplanted .
  • pre-transplant/induction therapy typically comprises administration of :
  • Methylprednisolone 10 mg/kg IV on induction (max dose 500 mg).
  • Methylprednisolone 10 mg/kg IV on release of x-clamp max dose 500 mg.
  • ATG antithymocyte globulin 1.5 mg/kg IV on release of x-clamp.
  • pre-transplant induction immunosuppressive therapy for heart and CTT transplant candidates may comprise:
  • Second dose 10 mg IV administered 4 days after transplantation; hold second dose if complications occur (including severe hypersensitivity reactions or graft loss)
  • >35kg Initial dose: 20 mg IV administered preoperatively by anesthesia on induction of anesthesia when stable.
  • Second dose 20 mg IV administered 4 days after transplantation; hold second dose if complications occur (including severe hypersensitivity reactions or graft loss.
  • antithymocyte globulin (ATG, rabbit derived,
  • Thymoglobu!in ⁇ may be given according to the following dosing schedule for heart transplant subjects:
  • methylprednisolone for CPB/pump cases, patients may receive a dose of methyl prednisolone (SoluMedrol) lOmg/kg (max dose 500mg) IV to be administered by anesthesia on induction of anesthesia before basiliximab and then a second dose of lOmg/kg (max 500mg) on reperfusion (before ATG).
  • SoluMedrol methyl prednisolone
  • post-transplant immunosuppression comprises:
  • ATG Thimoglobulin® 1.5 mg/kg IV daily for 5-7 doses.
  • tacrolimus (FK506, Prograf®) may be administered.
  • Usual dosage forms include intravenous solutions of 0.5mg/ml, and oral capsules of 0.5mg, lmg, and 5mg per capsule.
  • a starting dose of -0.05 mg/kg/dose - is given every 12 hours (maximum
  • Tacrolimus trough levels are monitored daily until therapeutic dosing is achieved. Increase administration to every 8 hours, if necessary, to achieve therapeutic trough levels. If the drug is given sublingually, the capsule contents are sprinkled under tongue (may result in higher levels). Oral and sublingual doses are not. Generally it will be necessary to administer - 1 ⁇ 2 of the oral dose to be given sublingually.
  • Tacrolimus dosing may be administered based on serum whole blood levels measured by mass spectrometry method 10-14 hours (7-9 hours if dosed every 8 hours) following the last dose.
  • cyclosporine is administered to patients unable to tolerate tacrolimus.
  • the starting dose 2 mg/kg/dose by mouth every 12 hours. If unable to achieve therapeutic levels (especially infants and young children) then the dosing frequency is increased to every 8 hours.
  • Renal and hepatic function, adverse drug effects, infection and rejection history are all considered in managing a patient’s cyclosporine level. Dose adjustments do not need to be made if levels fall +/- 10-20 within the desired range if the patient is clinically doing well. In these cases the decision is up to the transplant attending. Every effort should be made to document the patient’s goal cyclosporine level in the chart.
  • the IV dose is generally equal to 1/3 the oral dose.
  • Mycophenolate mofetil (200mg/ml, 250mg or 500mg tabs) may be administered:
  • Mycophenolate may cause bone marrow suppression and neutropenia.
  • the dose may be held when ANC ⁇ 500 or WBC ⁇ 1000; may need to decrease dose in setting of decreasing ANC ( ⁇ 1000) or WBC ( 5000).
  • dosages of Cellcept 500mg Myfortic (mycophenolate) 360mg.
  • Mycophenolate (Myfortic® dosage forms J 80mg tablet, 360mg tablet) may be administered in lieu of Mycophenolate mofetil, according to the following dosage parameters:
  • Begin delayed-release tablet 400 mg/m2/dose twice daily; maximum dose: 720 mg OR BSA 1.19-1.58 m2: 540 mg twice daily, BSA >1.58 m2: 720 mg twice daily.
  • azathioprine may be administered in the following manner:
  • Azathioprine causes bone marrow suppression and dose may need to be reduced based on WBC/ ANC.
  • the IV dose equals the oral dose.
  • steroid may be administered, as methylprednisolone (Solu- Medro!®), prednisone or prednisolone.
  • Intravenous steroids are started intraoperatively (as induction immunosuppressive therapy), and the continued post-operative! y at 5 rng/kg/dose (maximum 125 mg/dose) IV every 8 hours x 6 doses.
  • Oral steroids may begin thereafter as prednisone tablets or prednisolone suspension 3 mg/ml. Intravenous methylpredniso!one is continued if the transplant recipient is unable to tolerate the immunosuppression treatment regimen orally. A switch over to oral therapy may be made the recipient can tolerate oral medications. Exemplary dosing ranges of steroids are:
  • Sirolimus (Rapamune®) (0.5mg, lmg, 2mg caps): Initiated after diagnosis of coronary allograft vasculopathy or as otherwise clinically indicated by the transplant cardiologist.
  • Starting dose 1 mg/m2 (maximum dose: 3mg) once daily or divided into 2 daily doses if difficulty achieving adequate levels.
  • Therapeutic level goal is 4-8, accept lower tacrolimus level (same 4-8 range) if on both drugs.
  • Pravastatin used in teenagers/older children and those with CAV
  • Begin 0.2 mg/kg/day administered once daily can give 1 ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ 2 or up to 1-2 tabs per day at night.
  • Valganciclovir (Valcyte®)— for CMV prevention in all CMV + recipient or donor.
  • Monitor for drugs which may increase or decrease tacrolimus and cyclosporine levels, as known to the person of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the subject is treated in the following manner in the event transplant rejection is noted
  • transplant recipient is Grade 0, 1R without hemodynamic compromise: no treatment is required and consideration may be given to weaning steroids.
  • Diagnosis identification of C4d deposition in myocardial tissue with presence of donor-specific antibodies in peripheral serum sample. Consider steroids, ATG pheresis for AMR. Kidney and Pancreas Immunosuppression Management
  • transplant recipients receive belatacept as maintenance therapy as part of the second immunosuppressive regimen.
  • This protocol is typically employed when the recipient is Epstein Barr Vims (EBV) Ig+, exhibits no DSA (donor specific alloantibody); irrespective of absolute or calculated panel reactive antibodies (PRA), the transplant involves a negative cross-match and the recipient is ⁇ 70 years old with a BMI of ⁇ 35. Further considerations include the recipient’s ability to tolerate induction (if they would not otherwise receive thymoglobulin).
  • the recipient should have no history of idiopathic focal segmental glomerulosclerosis (FSGS) and no previous non-kidney solid organ transplant.
  • the protocol is for kidney transplants only.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises administration of methylprednisolone 500 mg intravenously intra-operatively.
  • Alemtuzumab 30 mg is administered by intravenous infusion over a period of three hours (2 hours post administration of steroids).
  • Belatacept 10 mg/kg is administered (TBW) (rounded to the nearest 12.5 mg) after the prior drug administrations.
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen comprises belatacept lOmg/kg TBW on POD 4 and end of week 2, 4, 8, and 12; then 5 mg/kg every month (rounded to nearest 12 5mg).
  • Sirolimus is administered 2mg daily with first trough level taken after 2 weeks (goal 8-10 ng/ml). No steroid maintenance therapy is normally required.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise no induction immunosuppressive regimen, i.e., the induction immunosuppressive regimen is optional.
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise mycophenolic acid 1000 mg administered every 12 hours and tacrolimus administered 0.1 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 5 mg every 12 hours.
  • the induction immunosuppressive agent may comprise basalixiimab 20 mg to start in the operating room and post-operative day (POD) 4.
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise mycophenolic acid 1000 mg every 12 hours and tacrolimus 0.1 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 5 mg every 12 hours with tapering dosages of steroids.
  • the following parameters are considered.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise Thymoglobulin 1.5mg/kg IBW (rounded to nearest 25mg) x 4 doses started in the operating room.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise thymoglobulin 1.5 mg/kg IBW (rounded to nearest 25mg) x 4 doses started in the operating room.
  • the second immunosuppressive regimen (maintenance therapy) may comprise tapering dosages of steroids, such as 500 mg in the OR, 240 mg POD 1 , 125 mg POD 2, 125 mg POD 3, 90 g POD 4, with mycophenofic acid 1000 mg every 12 hours starting POD 4 and tacrolimus 0.1 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 5 mg every 12 hours.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise thymoglobulin l.5mg/kg IBW (rounded to nearest 25mg) x 4 doses started in the operating room.
  • the second immunosuppressive regiment may comprise a steroid taper to lowest of 5 mg daily, mycophenolic acid 1000 mg administered every 12 hours starting POD 4 and tacrolimus administered 0.8 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 4 mg every 12 hours.
  • the initial dose may be chosen based on an assessment of patient and transplant factors.
  • induction immunosuppressive regimens are normally administered
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen is optional.
  • the regimen when an induction immunosuppressive regimen is administered, the regimen may comprise Simulect® (basiliximab): 20mg IV given in the OR after reperfusion (cross-clamp removal) and repeated on post-operative day 4.
  • Simulect® basic anesthesia
  • the calcineurin inhibitor (CNI) administered in the second immunosuppressive regiment should be initiated at 48 hours post-operatively, but may be delayed further depending upon the patient’s renal condition.
  • Steroids may be administered in the peri-operative period, typically methylprednisolone 500 mg intravenously at induction of general anesthesia and 500 mg IV before reperfusion (cross-clamp removal).
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise steroids, for example, methylprednisolone 125 mg IV q8 hours x 3 doses (Start 8 hours after reperfusion) followed by prednisone: 0.5 mg/kg twice daily beginning post-operative day 2; decrease dose by 5 mg twice daily every 2 days to 10 mg twice daily (or 20mg daily) and maintain this dose to 30 days post-transplant.
  • the second immunosuppressive regimen may also comprise caicineurin inhibitors (CNI) , for example, Tacrohmus/FK506/Prograf ⁇ (Preferred Agent): i ng by mouth every 12 hours. The dose is titrated to trough goal level of 10-15 ng/ml. Typical dose adjustments are made after 5 doses of the caicineurin inhibitor to establish steady state;. Daily levels of the CNI are monitored initially to evaluate for CNI toxicity.
  • CNI caicineurin inhibitors
  • cyclosporine/CyA/Neoral® is administered at a dosage of 100 mg (1.5 to 5 mg/kg) by mouth every 12 hours.
  • the dose is typically titrated to a trough goal level of 33 ng/ml.
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may also comprise an antiproliferative agent such as mycophenolate mofetil (CelJcept®) 1,000 to 1,500 mg orally, with the dosage adjusted to maintain a WBC count > 3,000.
  • the antiproliferative agent may be mycophenolate (Myfortic®) 360 mg - 720 mg administered orally twice a day, with the dosage adjusted to maintain a WBC count > 3,000
  • the antiproliferative agent is azathioprine (Imuran ⁇ ) administered orally in a dosage of 2 mg/kg daily, with the dosage adjusted to maintain a WBC count >
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise sirolimus (Rapammune®) (TOR- 1) administered orally at a dosage of 2 mg daily.
  • the dosage is typically titrated to maintain a trough of 4-12 pg/ml.
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise a tapering dosage of steroids, for example.
  • Month 1 decrease dose to 15.0 mg PO daily; Month 2, decrease dose to 12.5 mg PO daily; Month 3, decrease dose to 10.0 mg PO daily; Month 4, decrease dose to 7.5 mg PO daily; Month 5, decrease dose to 5.0 mg PO daily; Month 6, decrease dose to 2.5 mg PO daily.
  • the steroid taper should be reevaluated following >
  • ISHLT Grade 1 R with evidence of myocyte necrosis The taper may be resumed after improvement in histological rejection guidelines.
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise the following additional/adjunctive agent s: methotrexate (MTX) administered 2.5 to 5 mg twice weekly for cell-mediated rejection.
  • a liver transplant with no renal dysfunction may be performed without any induction immunosuppressive regimen, i.e. such induction immunosuppressive regimen is optional.
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise, administration of mycophenolate I g every 12 hours and tacrolimus 2-3 mg every 12 hours along with a tapering dosage of steroids.
  • a typical tapering dosage of steroids is:
  • the tapering dosage of prednisolone may be administered as 20 mg daily for the first 2 weeks; 17.5 mg daily for weeks 2-4; 15 m daily for weeks 4-6, 12.5 mg daily for weeks 6-8; 10 mg daily for weeks 8-10; 7.5 mg daily for weeks 10-12; 5 mg daily for weeks 12-14; 2.5 mg daily for weeks 14-16. Stop at 16 weeks. In certain circumstances the prednisolone is weaned to 5 mg daily and held for one year.
  • a renal sparing liver transplant is performed where there is pre operative dysfunction requiring HD or CVVHD/F. In another embodiment, a renal sparing liver transplant is performed where there is post-operative renal dysfunction with serum creatinine levels of > 2 mg/dL on POD 0-1.
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises thymoglobulin 1.5 mg/kg (rounded to the nearest 25 mg) every ' 48 hours for 4 doses.
  • dosage reductions are made for pancytopenia or neutropenia. If WBC count is 2-3 or platelets are 30-50, give 1 ⁇ 2 dosage. If WBC is ⁇ 2 or platelets are ⁇ 30, hold the dosage.
  • the premedication when premedication is indicated, the premedication may be administered 30-60 minutes prior to ATG infusion, acetaminophen 650 mg VT or orally, diphenhydramine 25-50 mg; and methylprednisolone 40 mg IV (or may use taper described above).
  • the transplant is an intestine or multivisceral transplant such as a liver, intestine, pancreas transplant where the recipient is at high immunologic risk (PRA > 0, prior pregnancy or transplant of isolated intestine, or where there is a low immunologic risk but a high risk of infection
  • the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise premedication, as described above, and may also comprise thymoglobulin 1.5 mg/kg (rounded to the nearest 25 mg every' 24 hours for a total of 6 mg/kg, and basiliximab 20 mg in POD 0 and 4
  • the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise a tapering dosage of steroids as described above and mycophenolate 1 g every 12 hours and tacrolimus 1 mg SL every 12 hours (goal 12-16 mg/ml).
  • the tacrolimus is administered at a dosage to achieve target levels of 5-8 (liver) or 12-17 (intestine, liver-intestine) while patient is on mycophenolate mofetil (Cellcept).
  • the target may be altered if the patient is participating in a drug study trial, has rejection, renal compromise, or for advancing age.
  • mycophenolate mofetil MMF, Cellcept
  • the standard dosage for adults is 1,000 rng every 12 hours.
  • Dosage reductions may be made in patients with pancytopenia or neutropenia in accordance with the following: WBC 2-3 or platelets 30-50: consider giving 1 ⁇ 2 dose; for WBC ⁇ 2 or platelets ⁇ 30; consider holding dose.
  • methyl prednisolone 500 mg IV daily for 3 doses may be administered: methyl prednisolone 500 mg IV daily for 3 doses. If liver function tests are not improving, an additional two doses may be given (total of 5 doses of 500 mg IV daily), with a repeat lover biopsy performed on the eve of POD 3 or the morning of POD 4
  • immunosuppressive management in lung implants follows the following induction and maintenance immunosuppressive regimens.
  • Induction immunosuppressive regimens may follow an induction immunosuppressive regimen described previously.
  • Maintenance immunosuppressive regimens may comprise the following:
  • Calcineurin Inhibitors tacrolimus every 12 hours with dosing adjusted to maintain trough tacrolimus levels. See Table 5 below.
  • Azathioprine 2 mg/kg may be administered orally on a daily basis. Important to ensure normal TMPT enzyme levels prior to start and to follow LFTs/CBC. Dosage adjustments may be considered if leukopenia is observed.
  • Mycophenolate mofetil (Cellcept®) may be administered at a usual dosage of 1 ,000 mg twice daily.
  • the usual dosage for heart and lung transplants is 1,500 mg daily
  • Sirolimus is generally contraindicated in the first 3 months following transplantation due to concerns for anastomoctic dehiscence. If administered, sirolimus is typically administered 1 mg daily by oral administration, which is adjusted based on trough levels. For example, administered as a 3 ra agent or for CNI sparing, a target trough is 4-8 ng/ml; and as a CNI alternative, the trough level is 10-15 ng/ml.
  • Example 1 Intra-thymus variability study.
  • Intra-thymus variability was studied to determine whether histology testing results from one part of a thymus could be considered representative of histology testing results in any other part of the same thymus. The results of this test were used to determine how many samples should be tested during both routine release testing and for process validation testing.
  • Histology acceptance criteria were established, as noted previously, including the assessment of areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout tissue on days 5-9; at least 1 Hassall body identified; CK14 staining scattered throughout tissue; and intact nuclei observed.
  • any one slice from a thymus w'as representative of the entire thymus.
  • the histologic appearance of the tissue slices at day 5 reflects what is observed at each of the later time points (day 9, 12 and 21).
  • Example 2 Whole thymus time-course study.
  • thymuses were sliced and cultured per SOP. On the day of slicing, the first, middle and last slices were prepared for immunohistochemistry. The remainder of each thymus was sliced and cultured in 6-well plates. Each thymus was designated for one of the following time points: baseline (day 0), day 5, day 9, day 12 and day 21. See Fig. 7 for a day 0 thymus slice, Fig. 8 for a day 5 slice, Fig 9 for a day 12 slice, and Fig. 10 for a day 21 slice.
  • the total number of slices from each thymus ranged from 21 to 62 slices. Slices were cultured per the procedures outlined above with daily media changes. Slices were submitted for H&E staining in the pathology lab and analyzed for identity, potency and viability. All slices in this study met the release acceptance criteria for histology testing, namely: areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scatered throughout tissue on days 5-9; at least 1 Hassall body identified; CK14 staining scattered throughout tissue; and intact nuclei observed.
  • Example 3 Thymus tissue forced degradation study.
  • thymus tissue slices were treated to generate tissue slices that were considered degraded or non-viable. Three thymuses were used for these experiments. Control samples were taken from each thymus. The treatment conditions presented in Table 7 were tested.
  • Heat shock was accomplished by placing the 10 cm culture dish containing the slices into a Ziploc bag, and placing into a 55°C water bath. The plate rested on a support and was not submerged. Freeze/thaw was accomplished by placing the 10 cm culture dish into a -
  • Thymocytes are progressively lost as thymus tissue is cultured. However, dead cells may persist in cultured thymus long-term due to inability to recruit phagocytes to clear them.
  • the nuclei of cells undergoing apoptotic cell death initially condense and stain more darkly (blue) with hematoxylin dye. As these ceils deplete their energy but are not phagocytosed, they lose their membrane integrity and become necrotic.
  • Karyolysis dissolution of nuclei in necrotic cells typically occurs within 2-3 days in vivo, but appears to occur more slowly during thymus culture.
  • eosinophilic (pink) expanses of necrotic cell debris where thymocyte nuclei have undergone karyolysis. Some dead thymocytes retain their nuclei, which have ragged edges and altered staining characteristics compared to those of viable cells.
  • TE three-dimensional thymic epithelial
  • the nuclei of viable TE cells are typically oval, l arger than those of thymocytes, and have a sharply defined nuclear membrane outlined by the hematoxylin (blue) stain, as well as one or more nucleoli. These TE nuclei typically look“open”, meaning they do not stain darkly with hematoxylin. This fits with an interpretation that they are alive and metabolically active, since active chromatin (“euchromatin”) cannot bind the hematoxylin dye.
  • nucleoli which are the sites of ribosome synthesis, in many TE cells further confirms that they are alive and metabolically active.
  • the typical histologic appearance of control sections from days 5, 12 and 21 is shown Figs. 8, 9 and 10, respectively.
  • Fig. 12A and 12B depict the histology of thymus tissue slides after exposure to forced degradation conditions.
  • Fig. 10 depicts the histologic appearance of control thymus tissue slices at day 21.
  • the general histologic appearance of the forced degradation tissue is similar at these time points, but with fewer residual thymocytes at day 21 (Tig, 12B)
  • Representative Hassall bodies in medullary areas are indicated by arrow heads in Fig. 12B.
  • Representative viable- appearing thymic epithelial cells are indicated by arrows in Fig. 12A and 12B.
  • the cortical area shown in Fig. 12B consists almost entirely of necrotic lymphocytes day 21.
  • the bars at the lower left represent 100 pm.
  • Example 5 The overall experimental design of Example 5 is depicted in Fig. 20. A schematic representation of surgical procedures and treatment schedule is presented. The figures and much of the text below come from a manuscript in preparation for submission for
  • the schematic presentation of the experimental design depicts naive T cell reconstitution, thymopoiesis, and donor-specific tolerance induced by the surgical insertion of CTT.
  • All Lewis (LW) rats were thymectomized and T ceil depleted via anti-CD5 mAb prior to heart transplantation and surgical insertion of a CTT.
  • CTT from FI (LWxDA) rats and hearts from DA rats were transplanted into thymectomized LW recipients.
  • Cyclosporine (CsA) was given for four months after transplantation via osmotic pump.
  • the third-party BN heart was transplanted into the neck 2 to 3 months after CsA discontinuation.
  • Example 5 demonstrates that CTT implanted in an immunoineompetent rat model, as described below, can induce tolerance to a transplanted solid organ.
  • haplo- matched F I Lewis x Dark Agouti, LWxDA
  • a transplant of CTT cultured as described below
  • vascularized mismatched DA heart transplants into Lewis rats
  • Cyclosporine was administered for 4 months starting on the day of heart transplantation.
  • the control group did not receive a transplant of CTT TWO months after discontinuation of immunosuppression, recipi ents transplanted with CTT showed
  • FI (LWxDA) CTTT given to Lewis rats resulted in specific tolerance to the allogeneic DA MHC expressed in the donor thymus with resulting long-term survival of DA heart transplants after withdrawal of all immunosuppression.
  • Lewis (RT-11) and BN (RT-ln) rats were purchased from Charles River.
  • DA (RT- lavl) rats were purchased from Envigo. FlfLEW/'DA; RT-ll/avl) were bred by protocol staff at the Duke Breeding Core Division of Laboratory Animal Resources facility.
  • Lewis recipients received thymectomies as described in Rendell VR, Giamberardino C, Li J, Markert ML, & Brennan TV, 2014,“Complete thymectomy in adult rats with non-invasive endotracheal intubation.” J Vis Exp (94).
  • Thymuses from three day’s old neonatal FI (LEW/DA) rat pups were harvested sterilely, cut into four pieces along the longitude natural seam, and transferred onto sterile nitrocellulose filters (MF-MiJlipore, Millipore Sigma) in a tissue culture dish with TOM medium (Fig. 17B). Thymus tissue was cultured in a C0 2 incubator with 5% CO2 at 37° C for the desired l ength of time (5 to 7 days). The medium was changed daily.
  • the thymus organ medium was composed of HAMS F12 (Life Technologies) at 86.5%, Hepes (Life Technologies) at 25mM; L-Glutamine Life Technologies) at 2mM; Fetal Bovine Serum (Life Technologies) at 10%; and Pen-strep (Life Technologies) at lx. On the day of
  • thymus pieces were rinsed with fresh medium and transplanted under the kidney capsule of a Lewis rat with one secure suture (10-0 monofilament). See Fig. 17C. All manipulations took place under sterile conditions in a biological safety cabinet.
  • RT-l avl Full l 1C mismatched DA (RT-l avl ) donor hearts were transplanted into thymectomized Lewis (RT-fl) recipients. Abdominal heart transplantation was performed using a modified technique of the methods described by Schmid C, Binder J, Heemann U, & Tilney NL, 1994,” Successful heterotopic heart transplantation in rat,” Microsurgery
  • the donor heart was transplanted into the abdominal cavity of the recipient after a short period of cold ischemia in Euro-Collins solution.
  • the donor pulmonary artery and aorta were anastomosed to the recipient inferior vena cava and descending aorta with an end-side fashion as the inflow and outflow vessels for circulation, using running 9/0 non- absorbable monofilament sutures.
  • Cyclosporine A was given via the osmotic pump (Model 2ML4, Alzet)
  • the recipients also received cyclosporine (CsA), approximately 2.5 mg/kg/day after thymus transplantation using osmotic pumps.
  • CsA was discontinued 4 months after thymus transplantation when the test group had naive T cells over 10%.
  • the pump was loaded sterilely and surgically inserted subcutaneously to mid-dorsal area of recipients. The osmotic pump was replaced every month for 4 months.
  • RT-l n third-party heart transplantation to the DA heart bearing Lewis recipients
  • the cervical vascularized heart transplantation method described by Heron, et al. Heron I, 1971,“A technique for accessory cervical heart transplantation in rabbits and rats,” Acta Pathol Microbiol SccmdA 79(4):366-372 was used in modified fashion.
  • the 3rd party BN heart was transplanted in the neck.
  • the third-party heart was transplanted into the right side of cervical area via a longitudinal incision from submaxilla to the xiphoid.
  • the donor pulmonary artery and external jugular vein were anastomosed end to end and the aorta tvas anastomosed to the right common carotid artery by cuffing technique.
  • the grafts were monitored by daily palpation and later confirmed by laparotomy at the time of sacrifice. Animals were sacrificed on the day of rejection (cessation of beating) or a designated time point.
  • Peripheral blood was obtained from the cranial vena cava and stained with antibodies.
  • Graft infiltrating T cells were evaluated with polyclonal anti-CD3 (Dako) staining.
  • Whole slides of grafts were scanned with an Aperio ScanScope XT (Aperio Technologies, Inc., Vista, CA). Statistical Analysis
  • TEC thymic epithelial cells
  • Circulating T ceil repopulation after T cell depletion and thymus and heart transplantation are depicted in Fig. 23. All animals showed dramatic reduction of circulating T cells after T cell depletion. Cardiac allograft recipients with a CTT insertion (blue/dashed line) showed gradual repopulation of circulating T cells. Animals without a CTT insertion also showed some degree of circulating T cells (red/dotted line). However, naive and recent thymic emigrants CD4 and CDS T cells were significantly increased (p ⁇ 0.01) in animals with a CTT insertion while control animals showed no circulating naive nor RTE CD4 and CD8 T cell.
  • Histology showed distinct structures separate from renal tissue (Original magnification, x20).
  • Engrafted cultured thymus tissue showed a normal thymus structure (H&E), viable ⁇ cells (CD3), T cell proliferation (Ki67), and Hassall body formation (Black arrow) with a lacy pattern (Cytokeratin) on epithelial cells, confirming the viability of thymus with thymopoiesis (Fig. 24B).
  • Fig. 25 shows LW rats with DA heart transplants and without any immunosuppressive treatment rejected the DA heart grafts within 10 days (the DA control, open squares).
  • RTE CD90 + CD45RC ⁇
  • ISHLT Transplantation
  • a Ka.pl an -Meier survival curve (Fig. 25) showed significantly prolonged graft survival from animals with or without CTT and syngeneic controls (LW heart into LW rat) as compared to LW rats with DA heart transplants without any immunosuppression (DA control).
  • Representative scanned images of explanted graft at day 180 from animals with and without CTT are shown in Figs 26A and 26B. The images wore adapted from whole slide scan.
  • BN heart grafts from animals with CTT inserted showed severe mononuclear cell infiltration (Fig. 28A), while BN heart grafts from animals without CTT inserted showed no sign of rejection (Fig. 28B). Images were adapted from whole slide scan.
  • DA control grafts in LW rats with no immunosuppression
  • Animals inserted with CTT showed massive inflammatory cell infiltration in the third-party cardiac allograft (BN heart) (Fig. 3 IB).
  • BN control grafts in LW rats with no immunosuppression
  • BN grafts from recipients with CTT showed significantly elevated inflammatory cell infiltration compared to those in BN grafts from animals without CTT.
  • Rats not inserted with CTT showed no infiltrates in the BN heart
  • T cell infiltration was evaluated with immunohistochemistry and confirmed a selective T cell infiltration in the BN (right hand panels, Fig. 31C), but not DA (middle panels, FigJ IC) hearts of the animals inserted with CTT and a lack of T cell infiltration in both hearts of animals without CTT inserted (Fig. 3 ID).
  • Heart allografts from DA and BN rats were harvested with native heart at the time of BN heart rejection. Grossly, native heart and DA heart (POD 196) did not show dramatic increase of T cells, while BN heart (POD14) showed a massive amount of T cells in recipients with CTT inserted. Images were adapted from whole slide scan. Total 3-5 animals per group were analyzed; student’s t-test, *P ⁇ 0.05; **P ⁇ 0.01; ***P ⁇ 0.001, ****P ⁇ 0.0001; NS, not significant (p>0.05).
  • Anti-donor antibody responses were evaluated to determine whether the allogeneic T cell unresponsiveness noted in thymectomized LW rats followed by LWxDA transplants and the surgical insertion of CTT, was associated with humoral tolerance against donor DA MHC.
  • Serially collected recipient serum samples were collected and flow cross-match with PBMCs from DA and BN rats was performed. Animals that received DA or BN heart transplants without immunosuppression developed antibody against their donors (DA or BN, respectively). Animals with a syngeneic cardiac allograft did not produce antibody against either DA or BN MHC, as reported in Fig. 32A (horizontal shaded peaks in the left hand column, on top for DA, and on the bottom for BN).
  • Fig. 32A Representative histogram plots for post transplant donor-specific alloantibody (anti -DA and anti-BN antibodies) measured by T cell flow cross-match are shown in Fig. 32A. Recipients with or without CTT did not generate any antibodies against DA antigen (the top row, middle and right hand columns in Fig. 32A), while animals with CTT w'ere able to generate antibody against BN antigen (lower row, middle panel, Fig. 32 A). Serum samples from recipients of DA heart transplantation without immunosuppression and from LW recipients of BN heart transplantation without
  • DA control and BN control were used as positive controls (DA control and BN control) for anti -DA (top row, left panel, bold line or anti-BN antibody (bottom row, left panel, dashed line), respectively.
  • thymus co-transplantation resulted in specific tolerance to the allogeneic DA MHC expressed in the donor thymus, and thus long-term survival of the DA heart transplant via preventing development of both the donor-specific anti-DA T cell repertoire as well as preventing the donor (DA)-specific humoral response.
  • Patient 1 is a child born with complete DiGeorge anomaly. He had no T cells at birth. A major problem for Patient 1 was profound hypoparathyroidism leading to many hospitalizations for hypocalcemia.
  • Patient 1 was given both a cultured thymus tissue transplant (CTT) and a parental parathyroid gland transplant on the same day. There were three other patients given thymus plus parental parathyroid in a small clinical trial.
  • Patient 1 received the two transplants at 4 months of life. Although Patient 1 had no T ceils, Patient 1 was given RATGAM for immunosuppression prior to transplantation per protocol. No other immunosuppression was given.
  • Patient 1 developed naive T cells and normal proliferative T cell responses to mitogens. Ail four patients who received both thymus and parathyroid in the trial developed normal parathyroid hormone levels. Patient 1 was the only subject who was able to come off calcium supplementation long term (10 years). Of the three other Patients, one died prior to one year from pulmonary problems, and the other two with complete DiGeorge anomaly had to return to calcium supplementation by approximately one year. Patient 1 was the only subject who had a negative mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) against the parental parathyroid donor at all time points. The other three subjects had positive MLRs starting with their first assay.
  • MLR mixed lymphocyte reaction
  • Dentritic cells from Patient 1 migrate to the thymus and delete T cells that bind tightly to the MHC on patient 1 DCs. There is tolerance to the alleles in light gray shading.
  • thymus donor thymic epithelial cells also delete thymocytes that bound tightly to them (dark gray shading). This is the mechanism of tolerance toward the alleles in dark gray.
  • CDS T cells activated the CDS T cells in Patient 1.
  • One third of CDS T cells have inherent alloreactivity.
  • the alloreaetive CDS T cells would have reacted against the mismatched HLA-B and C alleles in the parathyroid donor (large bold HLA-B and HLA-C alleles in table).
  • Li B Li J, Hsieh CS, Hale LP, Li YJ, Devlin BH, Markert ML. 2009
  • AIRE autoimmune regulator gene
  • Ag Antigen.
  • APC Antigen Presenting Cell.
  • ATG thymoglobulin.
  • b.i.d. twice daily
  • BMI body weight index
  • BSA body surface area
  • BSC biological safety cabinet.
  • CK cytokeratin
  • CNI calcineurin inhibitor
  • CTT allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
  • CVVHD/F continuous veno-venous hemodiafiitration.
  • DC Dendritic Cell
  • DSA Donor-specific Antibody.
  • DGF Delayed Graft Function
  • EBV Epstein Barr virus.
  • EU endotoxin unit
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • FSGS focal segmental glomerulosclerosis.
  • H&E Hematoxylin and Eosin.
  • HD hemodialysis
  • HEPES N-2 -Hydroxy ethyl peperazine N’ -2-ethane-sulfonic acid.
  • Hi HI - Heat inactivation.
  • HIP Intraperitoneal.
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • IBW ideal body weight
  • IDDM insulin dependent diabetes mellitus.
  • ISHLT International Society for Heart & Lung Transplantation.
  • LAL limulus amebocyte lysate.
  • mAb monoclonal antibody
  • MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
  • MST mean survival time
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • PRA panel reactive antibodies
  • TC tissue culture
  • Tfh T follicular helper
  • TOM thymus organ medium

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Botany (AREA)
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)

Abstract

Methods and compositions for promoting donor-specific tolerance and immunocompetence to a recipient of a solid organ transplant, by implanting an allogeneic solid organ in a recipient in need of a solid organ transplant and further comprising surgical implantation of a tissue-engineered allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue product in the recipient of a solid organ from a donor.

Description

TITLE
CULTURED THYMUS TISSUE TRANSPLANTATION PROMOTES DONOR- SPECIFIC TOLERANCE TO ALLOGENEIC SOLID ORGAN TRANSPLANTS
FIELD OF INVENTION
[0001] Methods and compositions for promoting donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants in a recipient receiving an allogeneic solid organ transplant from a donor.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Orga transplantation requires the preparation and harvesting of a human solid organ from a donor and transplantation into the recipient. The major problem in solid organ transplantation is that the recipient is not tolerant of the donor. The recipient T cells will reject the organ and the recipient B cells will develop antibodies to the organ causing its eventual failure. The holy grail of solid organ transplantation is development of tolerance to the transplanted human organ by the recipient. More than 36,000 organ transplants are estimated to be performed per year in the U.S., and many more in in Europe, and other major countries. It is further estimated that there are more than 120,000 patients on waiting lists in the U.S. for organ transplants. Demand for healthy organs significantly exceeds the supply of suitable organs. In 2018, approximately 10,000 donors were identified. See
https : //optn . transplan t. hrs a. gov .
[QQ03] Transplant rejection is a substantial challenge in solid organ transplantation.
Transplant rejection by both T cells and B cells can lead to significant complications in organ function or even to transplant failure. The 5-year graft survival, for example, for heart transplants is 77.7%, for kidney transplants is 78.6%, for liver transplants is 72.8%, and for lung transplants is 53.4% Typically, this problem has been addressed, in pail, through the matching of donors and recipients for major histocompatibility complex (MHC) antigens and by avoiding recipients with antibodies to the recipient tissue types. In addition, the use of immunosuppressive regimens to manage the immunological response underlying transplant rejection has improved. However, tolerance has not been achieved and the mean survival for many organs is only 10 years.
[0004] Preservation of organ viability prior to and during the implantation procedure is a second significant challenge. The removal, storage and transplantation of an organ may profoundly affect the internal structure and function of the organ and can influence significantly the degree to which the return of normal organ function is delayed or prevented after transplantation is completed.
[0005] The time period in which solid human organs may be effectively preserved varies by organ, with kidneys ranging from 24-36 hours, pancreas from 12-18 hours, liver from 8-12 hour and heart and lung from 4-6 hours. See https ://unos. org/transplantati on/matching- organs.
[0006] Organ injury occurs primarily as a result of ischemia and hypothermia, but may also be related to reperfusion of the organ ex vivo or during implantation.
[0007] Techniques for organ preservation, including ex vivo perfusion, are known in the art and serve to minimize organ damage and promote optimal graft survival and function.
[0008] The principal solid organs which have been the subject of transplantation
procedures, include kidney, liver, heart, and lungs. Success in transplanting these solid organs has been achieved with varying degrees of success. The principal variability resides in the techniques that are used to interfere with immune-mediated graft rejection. Experience has shown that there is no one single immunosuppressive agent or technique that is useful in all settings involving solid organ transplantation. The limiting factor usually resides in the toxicity associated with each individual immunosuppressive agent. The toxicity associated with a given immunosuppressive agent may frequently hinder the normal functioning of the transplanted solid organ or of other organs such as the kidneys which can fail when calcineurin inhibitors are used to prevent rejection.
[0009] The toxicity drawbacks associated with known immunosuppressive agents normally used to prevent graft rejection in solid organ transplants presents a need to find new methods for preventing graft rejection of solid organ transplants
[0010] The ability to discriminate between self and non-self antigens is central to the immune response. This discrimination results in self-tolerance. Autoimmunity develops when there has been a loss of self-tolerance. An unmet need exists in transplantation procedures to induce tolerance to solid organ transplants.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0011] Achieving donor-specific immune tolerance remains the ultimate immunologic goal in transplantation. Most of the current approaches focus on controlling peripheral mature donor-reactive T cells by depletion (e.g. alemtuzumab, thymoglobu!in, etc.) or suppression (e.g. calcineurin inhibitors, basiiiximab, etc.) without targeting the production of alloreactive T cells in thymus. However, even with the dramatic advancement of immunosuppressive drugs and new immunomodulatory' regimens, transplant tolerance has not yet been consistently achieved.
[0012] The present inventor has shown that tolerance to solid organ transplants may be achieved through the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (referred to herein also as“CTT” or as“RVT-802”), in a thymectomized recipient, to shorten the time period of use of post-transplantation immunosuppressive agents to prevent rejection of the transplanted organ. The removal of the recipient’s thymus and substitution of an allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product results in reconstitution of the solid organ recipients immune system and tolerance to the recipient’s self as well as to the transplanted allogeneic solid organ
[0013] Tolerance induction by surgical insertion of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is similar to tolerance induction via donor dendritic ceils (“DC”) in hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (Sharabi Y & Sachs DH, 1989,“Mixed chimerism and permanent specific transplantation tolerance induced by a nonlethal preparative regimen," J Exp Med 169(2):493-502; Maniiay JO, Pearson DA, Sergio JJ, Swenson KG, & Sykes M, 1998,“Intrathymic deletion of alloreactive T cells in mixed bone marrow chimeras prepared with a nonniyeloablative conditioning regimen,” Transplantation 66(l):96-102.). A series of studies from Transplantation Biology Research Center (TBRC, Boston, MA) showed the crucial role of thymus in tolerance induction (Yamada K, et a /., 1997,“Role of the thymus in transplantation tolerance in miniature swine. I. Requirement of the thymus for rapid and stable induction of tolerance to class I-mismatched renal allografts,” J Exp Med 186(4):497-506.) and tested thymus transplantation with tolerance induction in a large animal model (Yamada K, et a!., 2000,“Thymic transplantation in miniature swine II. Induction of tolerance by transplantation of composite thymokidneys to thymectomized recipients,” J Immunol 4(6):3Q79-3086; 5; Yamada K, et ah, 2003,“Thymic transplantation in miniature swine: III. Induction of tolerance by transplantation of composite thymokidneys across fully major histocompatibility complex -mismatched barriers,” Transplantation 76(3):530-536; Nobori S, et al , 2006,“Thymic rejuvenation and the induction of tolerance by adult thymic grafts," Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 103(50): 19081 -19086. In their series of studies, this group successfully used Class II matched/Class I mismatched donor (thymus and kidney or heart) as thymus composite tissues (thymokidney and thymoheart) with 12 days of cyclosporine (“CsA”) for transplant tolerance induction. They claimed that non-vascularized thymus did not induce tolerance in their model. More precisely, however, non-vascularized thymus that was not cultured did not engraft long-term. As they indicated, the failure of engraftment of the uncultured thymus may have been due to ischemic injury in addition to alloimmunity (Yamada K, et at., 2000). This elegant concept of generating vascularized thymus prior to transplantation to induce tolerance, would be difficult to translate to the clinic without using xenotransplantation. (This section cites Kwan J et al Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants, to be submitted for publication 2019.)
[0014] The limitation of non-vascularized thymus transplantation can be overcome with a culture system as well as T cell depletion. Experimental transplantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (CTT) that retains TECs has been successfully applied to treat pediatric patients with congenital athymia (Markert ML, Devlin BTI,
McCarthy EA, 2010,“Thymus transplantation,” Clin Immunol, 135(2): 236-46, Markert ML, et al, 2004,“Postnatal thymus transplantation with immunosuppression as treatment for DiGeorge syndrome,” Blood 104(8) :2574-2581 ; Markert ML, et at., 1999,“Transplantation of thymus tissue in compl ete DiGeorge syndrom e,” N Engl JMed 341(16): 1180-1 189 27).
[0015] In this reference, DiGeorge Syndrome is defined as a condition in which there are variable defects in the heart, thymus and parathyroid gland. Approximately 1% of infants with DiGeorge syndrome have athymia and hence no T cells to fight infection. These infants are said to have complete DiGeorge syndrome. There are 4 subgroups of children who meet the criteria of complete DiGeorge syndrome, 22ql l 2 deletion syndrome, CHARGE, infants of diabetic mothers, and infants with no syndromic or genetic defects. In all four groups, the infants with athymia represent a very tiny group, possibl y 1% of the total children carrying the diagnosis, such as the diagnosis of 22ql l 2 deletion syndrome. [0016] Thymopoiesis has been documented by allograft biopsies and the presence of recipient naive T cells in the periphery (Markert ML, 2010,; Market! ML, et a!., 2008,“Use of allograft biopsies to assess thymopoiesis after thymus transplantation,” J Immunol 180(9): 6354-6364; Marker ML, et al., 2007,“Review of 54 patients with complete DiGeorge anomaly enrolled in protocols for thymus transplantation: outcome of 44 consecutive transplants,” Blood l09(10):4539-454728). Studies of children treated with investigational CTT show' tolerance to donor MHC by mixed lymphocyte reactions (Chinn IK, Devlin BH,
Li YJ, & Markert ML, 2008,“Long-term tolerance to allogeneic thymus transplants in complete DiGeorge anomaly,” Clin Immunol 126(3):277-281). In addition, the infants with congenital athymia, after CTT transplantation, are able to control infections such as Epstein Barr virus (Markert ML, 2014, Thymus Transplantation. Stiehm’s Immune Deficiences, eds Sullivan KE & Stiehm ER (Academic Press), 1st Ed, pp 1059-1067; Isakovie K, Smith SB, & Waksman BH, 1965,“Immunologic Tolerance in Thymectomized, Irradiated Rats Grafted with Thymus from Tolerant Donors,” Science 148(3675): 1333-1335). Based on these data in humans with congenital athymia, it was determined that allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product expressing the MHC of a solid organ donor after surgical insertion in the recipient will develop tolerance to both self and to the donor, while producing functional T cells that will protect the recipient from infection.
Thymus Gland and Education of Thymocytes. (This section cites Kwan J et al Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart
Transplants, to be submitted for publication 2019).
[0017] The thymus gland normally is located on top of the heart. The thymus provides an essential microenvironment for T cell development and is critical to the establishment and maintenance of the adaptive immune system (Boehm T and Takahama Y, 2014, Thymic Development and Selection of T Lymphocytes. Heidelberg: Springer- V erl ag) . During post natal development, the thymus educates hematopoietic stem cells migrating from the bone marrow to the thymus gland. The progenitor stem ceils colonize the thymus thereby forming thymocytes. The thymocytes thereafter undergo a series of maturation steps. This is evidenced by the expression of a number of observable cell surface markers appearing on the thymocytes.
[0018] T cells are critical for the protection of the body from infections. T cells that develop in a normally functioning thymus develop a diverse set of T cell receptors (generally proteins on the surface of the cell), which enable the mature T cell to fight a wide variety of infections. During this education process the developing T cells are instructed by the thymus not to attack the body’s normal proteins, such as insulin or parathyroid hormone (which regulate glucose and calcium levels in the blood). These instructions are carried out under the influence of the autoimmune regulator gene f . i //</·. gene).
[0019] Briefly, the education process occurs in the normally functioning thymus gland. Thymocytes in the thymus gland, formed from bone marrow stem cells, are taught by thymus epithelial cells (“TECs”) and dendritic cells (“DCs”) located within the thymus to not attack recipient major histocompatibility complex (MHC) proteins (antigens) such as HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRBl, HLA-DQBl, HLA-DQA1, HLA-DPB1, HLA-DPA1
antigens. The HLA antigens have 2 proteins that hold a self-peptide in a groove. The self- peptide could be from a thyroid protein or an insulin peptide or almost any other protein expressed in the body. Thymocytes developing in the thymus form a T cell receptor (I R) composed of two proteins that cross the membrane. The TCR is expressed on the cell surface of the T cells. Each T cell expresses many copies of its unique TCR. If the TCR binds too tightly to the self peptide:MHC on a dendritic cell, the dendritic cells provides a signal to make the T cell undergo apoptosis and die. This mechanism prevents the development of autoimmunity to self. The TEC can also provide a signal to thymocytes that they are binding too tightly. Lastly the DC can grab bits of membrane from the TEC and present the TEC self peptide:MHC to the developing thymocyte. If the thymocytes bind too tightly, the DC sends a signal so that the thymocyte undergoes apoptosis and dies. By these mechanisms, T cells that leave the thymus are not self-reactive. The T ceils that leave the thymus are very variable and can recognize infections but they do not attack proteins of the body.
[0020] The two major constituents of thymus are epithelium and thymocytes that are produced in the thymus in the following manner. Cells derived from bone marrow stem cells, common lymphoid progenitors (“CLPs”), migrate to the thymus. The CLPs enter the thymus in response to signals (chemokines) produced by the thymus epithelium and endothelium hi the thymus the CLPs differentiate into thymocytes and proliferate. Thymocytes develop a unique T-cell receptor (“TCR”) that is expressed on the cell surface. Thymocytes also begin to express the T cell molecules CDS, CD4 and CDS. A vast diversity of T cells develop rendering the cells capable of responding to infections throughout the life of the recipient. Mixed lymphocyte reactions show tolerance of the recipient T cells in children who are treated with cultured thymus tissue (RVT-802) to thymus donor MHC.
[0021] Self-reactive recipient thymocytes are deleted prior to exit from the thymus. This occurs by interaction of recipient thymocytes and recipient DCs that migrate to the thymus. Apoptosis is induced in recipient thymocytes that bind too tightly to the DCs as a measure to protect the body from autoimmune disease. After completion of this process, the thymocytes exit the thymus. The new circulating T ceils, i.e.,“naive” T cells, express the markers CD45RA and CD62L. Flow cytometry and spectra typing have shown development of a diverse T cell repertoire. These recipient T cells have diverse TCR repertoires and proliferate normally in response to mitogens. They protect the recipient from infection without having autoreactivity to self.
Allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
[0022] Allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product has been shown to be useful for the treatment of T cell immunodeficiency (primary immune deficiency) resulting from congenital athymia. T cell immunodeficiency due to athymia is associated with congenital disorders which prevent the development of a functional thymus, such as complete Di George Anomaly (cDGA) associated with 22ql 1.2 deletion and CHARGE (coloboma, Aeart defect, choanal atresia, growth or mental retardation, genital hypoplasia and ear anomalies or deafness) syndrome associated with mutations in the chd7 (chromodomain- helicase-DNA-binding protein 7) gene and in athymic patients with forkhead box protein N1 (FOXN1) deficiency. Congenital athymia is a rare fatal condition and currently has no drug treatment options utilizing regulatory approved drag products. If left untreated and no therapeutic reconstitution of the child’s immune system occurs, the primary
immunodeficiency due to congenital athymia is fatal, with almost all infants dying before the age of two years, most often by severe infections.
[0023] Allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is a tissue-engineered product. Based on disclosures in this specification and Examples, CTT is expected to be useful for the development of tolerance in a recipient receiving a transplanted solid organ.
[0024] As described more fully in this specification and Examples, the surgical
administration of allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (e.g.,“RVT-
802”) in athymic patients leads to a cascade of events resulting in the development of a functional immune system. Foll owing surgical placement of allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (e.g., RVT-802) in the recipient, T cells are educated by donor TECs and recipient DCs Donor TECs in conjunction with recipient DCs enable tolerance to the implanted donor thymus tissue, which is implanted as cultured thymus tissue slices. This is the same tolerance induction as in a normal thymus. The recipient TECs in conjunction with recipient DCs lead to tolerance to self as described in this specification.
[0025] This complex process has been shown clinically to lead to > 70% survival in patients with congenital athymia receiving allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus tissue derived product (e. .,RVT-802) due to the recipient’s capacity to fight infections (Markert
ML, Devlin BH, Alexieff MJ, Li J, McCarthy EA, Gupton SE, et al., 2007,“Review of 54 patients with complete Di George anomaly enrolled in protocols for thymus transplantation; outcome of 44 consecutive transplants,” Blood , 109(10): 4539-47; Markert ML, Devlin BH,
McCarthy EA. Thymus transplantation. 2010, Clin. Immunol ., 135(2): 236-46). The recipients are able to control viral infections such as Epstein-Barr virus that would have been fatal prior to CTT. (Chinn IK, Devlin BH, Li YJ, & Markert ML, 2008).
Overview of tolerance induction in solid organ transplant in combination with
transplantation of C TT
[0026] In accordance with the description, figures, examples and claims of the present specification, the inventor has demonstrated that CTT induces donor-specific tolerance in a rat heart transplantation model. The experiments reported herein used comparable CTT transplantation methods that have been used clinically in subjects with congenital athymia, such as subjects afflicted by cDGA. cDGA infants have essentially no naive T cells prior to surgical placement of CTT. Following surgical placement of CTT, the infants developed naive T cells approximately 6 months after the surgical procedure. (Markert ML, et al, 2004, “Postnatal thymus transplantation with immunosuppression as treatment for Di George syndrome,” Blood 104(8):2574-2581; Markert ML, Devlin BH, & McCarthy EA, 2010, “Thymus transplantation,” Clin Immunol 135(2):236-246). The studies of tolerance induction in a rat model were based on the results of investigations of transplantation of allogeneic postnatal cultured thymus tissue-derived product (CTT) from 1993 to 2017 in athymic infants with complete DiGeorge anomaly. Favorable results were obtained in the reported studies of surgical placement of CTT in infants having congenital athymia. The published results showed an overall survival rate of 71% (61/86) (median 11.7 years, range 1.2 to 25 years) in this otherwise fatal condition (Markert, ML, et al. , 2010). Biopsies of the transplanted cultured thymus tissue have demonstrated thymopoiesis on imrnunohistochernistry (Markert, ML, et ah, 2008) Flow cytometry and spectratyping have shown development of a diverse T ceil repertoire. Mixed lymphocyte reactions show tolerance of the recipient T cells to thymus donor antigen presenting cells (Chinn IK, Devlin BH, Li YJ, & Markert ML, 2008).
[0027] Importantly, the recipients of CTT are able to control viral infections such as Epstein-Barr virus that would have been fatal prior to CTT (Markert, ML, 2014, Thymus Transplantation. Stiehm’s Immune Deficiences, eds Sullivan KE & Stiehm EK (Academic Press), 1st Ed, pp 1059-1067). Based on these human data showing tolerance to unmatched thymus Ml 1C antigens, transplantation of CTT in a rat model was evaluated using the same methods used clinically, for its ability to induce donor-specific tolerance in a rat heart transplantation model. These studies showed that transplanting unmatched hearts along with donor CTT expressing the heart donor’s MHC class I and class II antigens (with initial T ceil depletion by anti CD5 and immunosuppression with cyclosporine) induces tolerance to the antigens of the donor heart while preserving alloreactivity toward other MHC antigens
[0028] The present invention substantiates donor thymus co-transplantation with solid organs as a method of tolerance induction with regard to the transplanted solid organ in the recipient. The patient group that would most benefit from the procedure is infants needing heart transplants. Since postnatal thymic tissue is present and could be removed from deceased infants, and the recipient thymus is routinely removed from infants undergoing heart transplantation, no additional procedure aside from cultured thymus tissue
transplantation (CTT) would be needed to transfer this approach to the clinic.
Overview of Preparation of allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus-tissue derived product [0029] Allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus-tissue derived product is prepared, cultured and stored for up to 21 days, and, on the day of implantation, placed in individual sterile cups for transport to the operating room, as described in more detail herein.
[0030] The CTT (cultured thymus tissue) is aseptica!ly processed and cultured under current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”), for example, cGMPs established by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (“FDA”), to produce partially T cell-depleted thymus tissue slices. CTT is differentiated from native thymus by a conditioning process described in detail below. CTT effects the nonrial positive and negative selection process of developing T cells in the thymus after implantation, enabling the T cells to be tolerant to both the donor thymus and the donor solid organ transplant plus recipient tissues, . In addition, these T cells can recognize foreign antigens in the context of recipient major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins so as to fight infection.
[0031] The route of administration is by surgical implantation of CTT, in the manner described below. A single administration is typically 1,000 to 20,000 mm2 of CTT surface area per recipient body surface area (“BSA”) in m2. The surface area is the total of all the surface areas of all cultured tissue slices. The individual CTT slices are implanted in a single administration surgical procedure.
[0032] Surgical implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in athymic patients leads to a cascade of events resulting in the development of a functional immune system. (Marker†. ML, 2007; Markert ML, et al., 2010, Markert ML, Devlin BH, McCarthy EA. Chapter 84 Thymic reconstitution. 2013. In: Fleisher TA, Shearer WT, Schroeder HW, Frew AJ, Weyand CM, editors. Clinical Immunology (Fourth Edition).
London; pp. 1032-8).
[0033] Recipient CLPs of the bone marrow migrate to the donor thymus graft. The donor thymus graft provides a microenvironment in which the recipient thymocytes develop a broad repertoire of TCRs capable of recognizing pathogens.
[0034] Migration of recipient DCs to the donor thymus depletes self-reactive recipient thymocytes that would attack the recipient’s tissues after the new T cells leave the thymus and enter the circulation. Genetically-recipient naive T cells emerge in the circulation approximately 5-12 months after administration. These recipient T cells have diverse TCR repertoires and proliferate normally in response to mitogens. They protect the recipient from infection without having autoreactivity to self.
[0035] Recipient bone marrow CLPs migrate to the thymus allograft where they develop into recipient T cells. Negative selection by recipient DCs that have migrated to the donor thymus results in tolerance to the recipient MHC antigens. Immunmohistochemical evidence of thymopoiesis is observed in biopsies of the transplanted cultured thymus tissue taken within approximately 2-3 months of transplantation. The thymopoiesis reflects the ability of the T cells to defend against and control infection, and prevent autoimmune disease. [0036] Naive T cells are detected in the circulation 5-12 months post-transplantation, resulting in the ability to defend against and control infection, and the prevention of autoimmune disease.
[0037] Implantation of cultured thymus tissue was first shown by the inventor to be beneficial in treating primary immune deficiency resulting from congenital athymia associated with conditions such as complete Di George anomaly (cDGA) or forkhead box protein N1 (FOXN1) deficiency. The inventor herein discovered that replacement of defective thymus tissue with normal thymus ti ssue after culture ( e.g . CTT and RVT-802) may also obviate the lack of tolerance observed in recipients of transplanted solid organs.
[0038] The non-clinical and clinical work underlying the treatment of congenital athymia through placement of cultured thymus tissue led to the realization that placement of CTT (e.g., RVT-802) in patients may permit the development of tolerance to a transplanted solid organ. Specifically, placement of CTT will reconstitute an immune system and induce tolerance to the donor organ if the subject is first thymectomized and immunosuppressed prior to the implantation of the CTT that expresses the MHC of the donor organ.
[0039] Measurement of the expression and distribution of certain markers associated with the cellular components of the thymus establish a phenotype following ex vivo. The culturing conditions described in this specification and Examples support the observation of in vivo thymopoiesis following placement of CTT in an athymic subject.
[0040] Importantly, after the surgical placement of CTT in an athymic recipient, the development of naive T cells and the presence of a broad range of TCR-variable regions provides clear evidence that culturing of thymus tissue can foster the development of a functional endogenous T cell population. In additi on, the expression of key regulatory and structural genes was noted in thymus tissue during culturing. Circulating naive (CD45RA+CD62L+) T cells can be first detected 3-5 months after surgical insertion of CTT. These observations have been noted in the treatment of patients with complete Di George Anomaly (Markert ML, 2010; Markert ML. 2013).
[0041] The nonclinical data described in the literature for thymus tissue implantation aligns with the robust clinical efficacy of transplanting allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue and supports its use in humans. (Markert ML, Watson TJ, Kaplan I, Hale LP, Haynes BF, 1997,“The human thymic microenvironment during organ culture,” Clin Immunol
Immunopathol. Jan; 82(l):2 6-36, Hong R, Schulte-Wissermann H, Jarrett-Toth E, Horowitz SD, Manning DD, 1979,“Transplantation of cultured thymic fragments. II. Results in nude mice,” J Exp Med., 149(2): 398-415. Li B, Li J, Hsieh CS, Hale LP, Li YJ, Devlin BH, Markert ML, 2009,“Characterization of cultured thymus tissue used for transplantation with emphasis on promiscuous expression of thyroi d tissue-specific genes,” Immunol Res. 2009;
44 (l~3):71-83, Li B, Li J, Devlin BH, Markert ML, 201 1,“Thymic microenvironment reconstitution after postnatal human thymus transplantation,” Clin Immunol., Sep; 140(3): 244-59).
[0042] Complete DiGeorge Anomaly patients have defects in three glands that develop in the neck in the young embryo, the heart, the thymus and the parathyroid glands. Normally the heart and thymus descend into the chest and the parathyroid glands that regulate calcium levels, remain in the neck. Treatment of cDGA subjects with CTT led to the survival rates at two years of age of 75% compared to a survival rate of 6% in untreated subjects (unpublished data). In the literature, children generally die within two years in the absence of treatment. (Markert, et al., 2010). Of note, the CTT implantation does not affect the problems of the heart and the parathyroid gland that must be managed separately. [0043] A first aspect of the present disclosure provides the surgical placement of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in a recipient to induce tolerance to a solid organ transplant in an immunologically normal recipient. Such methods comprise, consist of, or consist essentially of removal of the thymus gland in an immunocompetent recipient followed by depleting the recipient’s T cells with an induction immunosuppressive regimen, comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent such as with one or more antibody and/or one or more calcineurin inhibitor. The induction immunosuppressive regimen is administered in a therapeutically effective amount to deplete mature T cells in the subject and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ. A suitable solid human organ and a thymus gland from a deceased donor is obtained and the solid organ is transplanted into the recipient. A maintenance immunosuppressive regimen is administered for a period of time to suppress transplant rejection. The thymus gland from the deceased donor is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days to aseptically process the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-eell depleted donor thymus tissue slices thereby comprising the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product. The partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei. The allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is then surgically placed in the recipient, typically in the quadriceps muscle of the thigh. The allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product enables the recipient to develop naive T cells after
implantation. All new T cells that develop are genetically recipient and are tolerant to both the recipient and to the donor. The dosage of thymus tissue sl ices is about 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2· Following implantation, the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the subject
[0044] Taking as an example a heart transplant, the donor would be a deceased donor. The thymus would be removed from the donor at the same time that the heart is removed. Heart transplantation is performed immediately with induction immunosuppression to decrease T cell numbers and suppress the remaining recipient T cells preventing them from attacking the donor heart. The donor thymus is processed to form human allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product that can be used for implantation to induce tolerance after a period of at least 12 to about 21 days of conditioning. As a precaution, approximately half of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product can be cryopreserved after conditioning, so that if there was a problem with later rejection of the heart necessitating the administration of high doses of steroids or other immunosuppressive agents to treat the rejection, and whereby the very high doses of steroid damage the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product would be available to implant after the rejection episode was controlled.
[0045] Importantly, after implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product, immune tolerance is maintained even in the presence of infections. With other approaches such as co-stimulatory blockade, viral infections can led to loss of tolerance, because approximately a third of CDS T cells have alloreactivity. When the immune system is activated to fight an infection, the alloreactive CD 8 T cells start to reject the solid organ transplant. In contrast, when using thymus tissue processed into allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product to induce tolerance, all potentially alloreactive T cells against the donor are deleted through the process of negative selection. [0046] In an embodiment, the donor thymus tissue matches the HLA alleles in the donor organ that are not in the recipient. All new T cells that develop are genetically recipient and are tolerant to both the recipient and to the donor.
[0047] A second aspect of the present disclosure provides A method for promoting donor- specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a deceased donor, in a recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) removal of the thymus of the recipient;
(b) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent to deplete the recipient’s T cells and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ;
(c) providing both a suitable solid human organ and a thymus gland from a deceased donor;
(d) transplanting the solid human organ into the recipient;
(e) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen;
(f) providing an allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, wherein the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is obtained from suitable thymus tissue of the solid organ donor; wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days to produce allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; wherein the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for cytokeratin (CK) (using antibody AE1/AE3) scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei; and
(g) implanting the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product into the recipient after 12 to 21 days of conditioning regimen, wherein the dosage of thymus tissue slices is about 1,000 - 20,000 nun2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in nr, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient.
[0048] In an embodiment, a method of promoting donor-specific tolerance to an allogeneic heart transplant in a recipient in need of a deceased donor heart is provided. The method comprises the following steps:
(a) obtaining a suitable human heart from a deceased donor for transplantation;
(b) removing the deceased donor thymus at the same time as the heart
is obtained for conditioning into allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; wherein the donor thymus matches the HLA alleles in the donor transplanted organ;
(c) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agents to deplete and/or suppress the recipient’s T cells wherein the one or more immunosuppressive agents comprises glucocorticoids administered at the induction of anesthesia and after reperfusion;
(d) transplanting the heart into the recipient;
(e) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agents selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor and an anti-thymocyte globulin for a period of time sufficient to prevent or suppress transplant rejection of the heart; (f) between day 12 and 21 providing an allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product, wherein the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is obtained from the donor thymus tissue, wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period of from about 12 to about 21 days to produce allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises asepticalfy processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices;
wherein the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei;
(g) implanting a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product into the recipient, wherein the dosage of thymus tissue slices is about 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient; and
(h) cryopreserving a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product to be used in the recipient in the event that there is an early rejection episode requiring high doses of steroids that would damage the portion of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product that was implanted in step (g).
[0049] In an embodiment, a method of promoting donor-specific tolerance to an allogeneic heart transplant in a recipient in need of a deceased donor heart is provided. The method comprises the following steps:
(a) obtaining a suitable solid human heart from a deceased donor for transplantation; (b) removing the deceased donor thymus at the same time as the heart is obtained for conditioning into allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; wherein the donor thymus matches the HLA alleles in the donor transplanted organ;
(c) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agents to deplete and/or suppress the recipient’s T cells wherein the one or more immunosuppressive agents comprises glucocorticoids administered at the induction of anesthesia and after reperfusion;
(d) surgically removing the heart and thymus of the recipient;
(e) transplanting the donor human heart into the recipient;
(f) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agents selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor and an anti-thymocyte globulin for a period of time sufficient to prevent or suppress transplant rejection of the heart;
wherein, if the post-operative condition of the recipient is too unstable to allow weaning of the glucocorticoids and safely implanting the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in the recipient, the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved to be implanted at a later time when the recipient is stable, wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period of from about 12 to about 21 days to produce allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; wherein the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the ti ssue, the presence of at least one Hassa!l body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei;
(h) implanting a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product into the recipient after the patient is stable, wherein the dosage of thymus tissue slices is about 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient; and
(i) cryopreserving a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product to be used in the recipient in the event that there is a rejection episode requiring high doses of steroids that would damage the portion of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product that was implanted in step (h).
[0050] A third aspect of the present disclosure provides A method for promoting donor- specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a living human donor, in a human recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) removal of the thymus of the recipient;
(b) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent to deplete the recipient’s T cells and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ;
(c) providing a suitable solid organ from a living human donor;
(d) transplanting the solid organ into the recipient;
(e) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen;
(f) providing a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product maintained in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank; wherein the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived o n
DD product was processed from thymus tissue from a thymus donor expressing HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in the recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant; wherein the donor thymus tissue was subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
(g) thawing the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; and
(h) implanting the thawed cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product into the recipient, wherein the dosage of the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is about 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient.
[0051] A fourth aspect of the present disclosure provides A method for promoting donor- specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a deceased human donor, in a human recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) removal of the thymus of the recipient;
D5 (b) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent to deplete the recipient’s T cells and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ;
(c) providing a suitable solid organ from a living human donor;
(d) transplanting the solid organ into the recipient;
(e) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen;
(t) providing a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product maintained in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank; wherein the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is processed from thymus tissue from a thymus donor expressing HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in the recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant; wherein the donor thymus tissue was subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises asepticaJly processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
(g) thawing the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, and
(h) implanting the thawed cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product into the recipient, wherein the dosage of the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is about 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient.
[0052] In an embodiment of the second to the fourth aspect of the present disclosure, the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product of claim 63, wherein the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK 14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
[0053] A fifth aspect of the present disclosure provides An allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product for implantation into a subject undergoing a solid organ transplant prepared by obtaining suitable thymus tissue from a donor wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; wherein the donor thymus tissue slices show, between days 5 and 9 post-harvest, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK 14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei; recovering the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices as allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
[0054] In an embodiment, the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact
[0055] In an embodiment of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved. [0056] In an embodiment, the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product is maintained in liquid nitrogen for future use.
[0057] In another embodiment, the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is maintained in a cryopreserved tissue bank.
[0058] In an embodiment, the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is prepared from suitable thymus tissue from a donor comprising HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in a proposed recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant.
[0059] In an embodiment the HLA alleles are: HLA- A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1 , HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA- DPA1.
[0060] A sixth aspect of the present disclosure is A cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, prepared by method comprising the steps of:
(a) obtaining suitable thymus tissue from a donor;
(b) typing HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DPA1;
(c) subjecting the thymus tissue to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; further wherein the donor thymus tissue slices showy on days 5 to 9, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
(d) harvesting the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices as allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; (e) cryopreserving the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in liquid nitrogen; and
(f) maintaining the eryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in liquid nitrogen in a eryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank
[0061] In an embodiment, the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact
[0062] In an embodiment, the eryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in liquid nitrogen is held for future use by the recipient
[0063] A seventh aspect of the present disclosure provides a method of preparing the donor thymus for transplanting into a recipient subject. Such methods comprise, consist of, or consist essentially of culturing the donor thymus for up to about 5 days, up to about 6 days, up to about 7 days, up to about 8 days, up to about 9 days, up to about 10 days, up to about 11 days, up to about 12 days, up to about 13 days, up to about 14 days, up to about 15 days, up to about 16 days, up to about 17 days, up to about 18 days, up to about 19 days, up to about 20 days, or up to about 21 days, and then surgically placing the cultured thymus tissue into the recipient, as further described herein. A culture period between about 6 and about 12 days results in good function. For successful transplantation of eryopreserved thymus tissue, the tissue is typically cultured for about 6 to about 12 days, and then eryopreserved
[0064] An eighth aspect of the present invention provides an allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (CTT; RVT-802) for implantation into a subject undergoing a solid organ transplant manufactured by the method of subjecting thymus tissue from a suitable donor to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days; wherein the conditioning regimen for the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei.
[0065] In an embodiment of the eight aspect, the donor thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
[0066] In an embodiment of the first to the fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the recipient’s thymus is obtained by surgery.
[0067] In an embodiment of the first to the fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the recipient’s thymus is obtained by robotic surgery.
[0068] In an embodiment of the first to the fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the recipient’s thymus is obtained by thorascopic surgery.
[0069] In an embodiment of the first to the fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the solid organ is a portion of a whole organ.
In an embodiment, the method of the first to fourth aspects further comprises the step of cryopreserving peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the deceased donor for future use in a mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance.
[0070] In an embodiment, the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed using peripheral blood mononuclear ceils from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in accordance the implantation procedure of CTT in this specification
[0071] In an embodiment, the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor about 6 to 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
[0072] In an embodiment, the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor after naive T cells constitute about 10% of total T cells in the recipient.
In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects, the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis in the subject within 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
[0073] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects, the development of tolerance is determined by a mixed lymphocyte reaction performed with cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the deceased donor and naive T cells from the recipient.
[0074] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects, humoral tolerance is determined by the development of humoral immunity and the absence of donor reactive antibodies.
[0075] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant, a kidney transplant, a liver transplant, a lung transplant, a heart/lung transplant, a pancreas transplant, an intestine transplant, a stomach transplant, an abdominal wall transplant, a craniofacial transplant, a scalp transplant, a penile transplant, a uterus transplant, a unilateral or bilateral upper limb transplant, a unilateral vascularized composite allograft, or combination thereof. [0076] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the method further comprises evaluating the recipient for HLA class I or HLA class II panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) score prior to transplanting the solid organ.
[0077] In an embodiment, the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant.
[0078] In an embodiment, the solid organ transplant is a pediatric heart transplant.
[0079] In an embodiment, the solid organ transplant is an adult heart transplant.
[0080] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the method further comprises evaluating the recipient for HLA class I or HLA class II panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) score prior to transplanting the solid organ
[0081] In an embodiment, recipients with HLA antibodies are cross-matched with potential donors.
[0082] In an embodiment, recipients with HLA antibodies are virtually cross-matched with 1 NIT.
[0083] In a further embodiment, if a PRA score of >20% virtual cross-match is recorded, the method will further comprise the step of performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient.
[0084] In a further embodiment, if a PRA score of >70% virtual cross-match is recorded, the method will further comprise the step of performing an actual prospective donor cross match and performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient. Typically, transplants are not performed under these
circumstance because of poor success rates.
[0085] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the method further comprises the step of evaluating recipients with HLA antibodies by cross-matching virtually with UNET. [0086] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the method further comprises performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient if the HLA panel reactive antibodies have a score >20%.
[0087] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the method further comprises performing an actual prospective donor cross-match and performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient if the HLA panel reactive antibodies have a score >70%.
[0088] In an embodiment, the solid organ is HLA-matched in for instance for living related donors and recipient for kidney, partial liver and partial intestine transplants.
[0089] In another embodiment, the solid organ is HLA-mismatched.
[0090] In an embodiment, the solid organ is HLA matched. In another embodiment, the HLA match is determined by typing HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HL.A-DRB5, HLA-DQA1 , HLA- DPB1 , HLA- DPA1 in the donor and the recipient.
[0091] In an embodiment, the solid organ transplants are ABO compatible.
[0092] In another embodiment, the solid organ is HLA-mismatched. In an embodiment, HLA-mismatched is determined by typing HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1 , HLA- DQB1, HLA-DQAl, HLA-DPB1, HLA-DPA1 in the donor and the recipient.
[0093] In an embodiment, the cultured thymus tissue slices are surgically implanted into the quadriceps thigh muscle of the subject.
[0094] In an embodiment, the cultured thymus tissue slices are surgically implanted into the body of the subject in an area other than the quadriceps.
[0095] In an embodiment, a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product is surgically implanted into the quadriceps thigh muscle of the recipient. [0096] In another embodiment, wherein the remaining portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved in liquid nitrogen for future transplantation.
[0097] In an embodiment, the conditioning regiment is for a period of about 12 days to about 21 days.
[0098] In an embodiment, the conditioning period of the donor thymus tissue is about 5 days to about 21 days, or about 5 days, or about 6 days, or about 7 days, or about 8 days, or about 9 days, or about 10 days, or about 1 1 days, or about 12 days, or about 13 days, or about 14 days, or about 15 days, or about 16 days, or about 17 days, or about 18 days, or about 19 days, or about 20 days, or about 21 days.
[0099] It will be appreciated by the person of ordinary' skill in the art that there are numerous potential induction immunosuppressive regimens and maintenance
immunosuppressive regimens known in the art, and that a suitable induction and maintenance immunosuppressive agent may be selected by the person of skill in the art without undue burden. The following illustrative induction immunosuppressive regimens and maintenance immunosuppressive regimens are exempl ary of the practice of the methods of the first to the fourth aspects of the invention and support the inventions as claimed
[00100] In an embodiment, of the first to fourth aspects of the disclosure, the induction immunosuppressive regiment comprises an induction immunosuppressive agent selected from the group of glucocorticoid, anti-thymocyte globuli n (rabbit), anti -thymocyte globulin (equine), and alemtuzimab.
[00101] In another embodiment, the ATG is antithymocyte globulin (rabbit).
[00102] In an embodiment, the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises administration of a glucocorticoid. In an embodiment, the glucocorticoid comprises methylprednisolone. In another embodiment, the glucocorticoid is methylprednisolone sodium succinate. In a further embodiment, methylprednisolone sodium succinate is administered intravenously at no greater than 4 mg/kg/day.
[00103] In an embodiment, the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises rabbit- derived anti-thymocyte globulin. In another embodiment, the rabbit-derived anti -thymocyte globulin is administered intravenously in a dose of about 1.5 mg/kg. In a further embodiment, the anti-thymocyte globulin is administered daily for four days. In another embodiment the ATG is equine derived ATG.
[00104] In an embodiment, the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises basiliximab. In another embodiment, the basiliximab is administered at a dose of 10 mg intravenously for recipients less than 35 kg in body weight. In another embodiment, the basiliximab is administered at a dose of 20 mg intravenously for recipients more than 35 kg in body weight.
[00105] In an embodiment of the first to the fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises one or more immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of a glucocorticoid, calcineurin inhibitor, an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, azathioprine, and anti-thymocyte globulin
(“ATG”).
[00106] In an embodiment, the immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance
immunosuppressive regiment is anti-thymocyte globulin (ATG).
[00107] In an embodiment, the ATG is administered intravenously at a dose of about 1.5 mg/kg for a period of 3-14 days starting with administration in the operating room.
[00108] In an embodiment, the anti-thymocyte globulin is administered daily for 3-14 days at about 15 mg/kg/day by intravenous administration. [00109] In an embodiment, the first immunosuppressive regimen comprises alemtuzumab.
[00110] In an embodiment, the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of about 0.25 mg/kg for 4 days intravenously for recipients less than 35 kg in body weight. In another, embodiment the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of about 3 to 20 mg for 4 days intravenously for recipients more than 35 kg in body weight.
[00111] In an embodiment, the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises one or more immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, and inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, or azathioprine.
[00112] In an embodiment, the immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance
immunosuppressive regimen the immunosuppressive agent is a calcineurin inhibitor.
In an embodiment, the immunosuppressive agent of the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen the immunosuppressive agent is an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor.
[00113] In an embodiment, the immunosuppressive regimen comprises an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, for example, mycophenofate mofetil. In an embodiment, mycophenolate mofetil is administered intravenously in a dose of about 15 to about 25 mg/kg. In an embodiment, the mycophenolate mofetil is administered intravenously two to three times a day
[00114] In another embodiment, inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor is mycophenolic acid. In another embodiment, the mycophenolic acid is administered at a dose of about 25 to about 50 mg/kg in 2 or 3 divided doses.
[00115] In an embodiment, the mycophenolic acid is administered at a dose of about for children about 400 mg/m2/dose twice daily with a maximum dose 720 mg, or BSA 1.19 to 1.59 m2 about 540 mg twice daily, or for BSA > 1.58m2 about 720 mg twice daily. [00116] In an embodiment, the mycophenolate mofetil is administered for children at a dose of about 15 to about 25 mg/kg/dose twice a day or for adults about 1500 mg orally or intravenously twice daily and adjusted for a WBC of >3500.
[00117] In an embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the second immunosuppressive regimen may further comprise a glucocorticoid selected from the group consisting of methylprednisolone, prednisone and prednisolone. In an embodiment, the dose of glucocorticoid is kept below 4mg/kg/day.
[00118] In an embodiment, the glucocorticoid is administered in a tapered dosage reduction, as described elsewhere in the present disclosure.
[00119] In another embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the caicineurin inhibitor is tacrolimus. In another embodiment, the calcineurin inhibitor is cyclosporine A.
[00120] In another embodiment of the first to fourth aspects of the present disclosure, the administration of the second immunosuppressant regimen is weaned after naive T cells reach 10% of total T cells. In yet another embodiment, the second immunosuppressant regimen is weaned after transplantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[00121] For a more complete understanding of the principles disclosed herein, and the advantages thereof, reference is made to the following descriptions taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, in which: [00122] Fig. 1 shows a schematic of the mechanism of action of allogeneic, cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (e.g, CTT, RVT-802) following administration for immune reconstitution in congenital athymia.
[00123] Fig. 2 shows a schematic of the steps for reconstituting the immune system in a rat, as described elsewhere in Example 1, by removing the thymus in an immunologically normal Lewis rat, administering an antibody to kill the recipient rat’s T cells, implanting cultured neonatal thymus tissue from a donor rat into the recipient rat, administering an
immunosuppressive agent for about 4 months and evaluating T cell development in the recipient rat. Of note, all rats in the treatment group had over 10% naive T cells prior to stopping the cyclosporine.
[00124] Fig. 3 shows the development of naive T cells in two experimental recipient rats of Example 1 (rising lines on right) versus two controls rat not receiving a thymus tissue implant (thick lines at baseline).
[00125] Fig. 4 shows a schematic of the manufacturing process for harvesting a thymus from a donor, culturing thin slices of the donor thymus tissue for up to 21 days and implanting the cultured thymus tissue in the quadriceps muscle of the recipient.
[00126] Fig 5 A shows a schematic showing the slicing of thymus tissue for characterization testing, as discussed in section [00520] Fig.5B is a figure of slices of thymus tissue on cellulose filters on surgical sponges in a tissue culture dish as is used for culture of the thymus.
[00127] Figs. 6 A-H depict histology testing of thymus tissue slices from a lot (MFG-056) of cultured thymus tissue on day 5, 9, 12 and 21 after harvest of the thymus from a donor.
Hematoxylin and eosin-stained slices (left panels) and their corresponding reactivity with a cocktail of the anti-cytokeratin antibodies AE1/AE3 (right panels, brown color denotes positive reactivity) are shown at day 5 (Fig.oA, 6B), day 9 (Fig. 6C, 6D), day 12 (Fig. 6E,
6F), and day 21 (Fig 6G, 6H), respectively. Bars in the lower left of each panel represent 100 pm. Panels with H&E show progression depletion of T cells with time. Fig. 6E and 6F are predominantly epithelial cells. Condensation of the epithelium of the subcapsular cortex occurs as the thymocytes are depleted with time. Similar condensation occurs in medullary areas of the thymus. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
[00128] Figs. 7 A and B depict the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 0 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig. 9A) and 100 pm (Fig. 7B), respectively. This show's the thymus and thymocytes at low pow'er (bar 5 mm) and high pow'er (bar 100 um) on day 0.
This is normal thymus. At this time the cortex and medulla both have large numbers of thymocytes with dark blue nuclei contributing to the overall dark blue appearance of the tissue. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
[00129] Figs. 8A and 8B are images from H&E stained slide that depict the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 5 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig. 8 A) and 100 pm (Fig. 8B), respectively. Progression of depletion of the thymocytes results in a more eosinophil (pink) appearance of the tissue. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
[00130] Figs. 9A and B. H&E staining depicts the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 12 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig 9A) and 100 pm (Fig. 9B), respectively. We see progressive depletion of thymocytes. The higher magnification show's numerous eosinophilic cell bodies lacking nuclei which are diagnostic of necrotic cells that have undergone karyolysis (dissolution of the nuclei). This degree of necrosis is expected at this time in culture. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke
University.
[00131] Figs. 10A and 1GB. H&E staining depicts the histology of thymus tissue slices on day 21 of the time course in a scale of 5 mm (Fig. 10A) and 100 pm (Fig. 10B), respectively. Note the preservation of the overall architecture of the tissue including in Fig. 10B the subcapsular cortex, cortical region and medullary' region containing numerous Hassall bodies. The small dark cells are mostly necrotic thymocytes that have not yet undergone karyolysis. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
[00132] Figs. 1 1 A-E depict representative thymus slices which were immuno-stained with a cocktail of anti-cytokeratin antibodies (AE1/AE3). Fig. 11 A. Day 0; Fig. l !B. day 5; Fig.
11C. day 9; Fig. 1 ID. Day 12; and Fig. 1 IE. day 21. The structure of the thymic epithelial network remains intact as the culture progresses. Bar represents 400 pm. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
[00133] Figs. 12A and 12B depict the histology of thymus tissue slides after exposure to forced degradation conditions of 1 OX PBS. Fig. 12 A depicts the cortex at day 9 after exposure to forced degradation conditions. Fig. 12B depicts the cortex at day 21 after exposure to forced degradation conditions. In Fig. 12A the smear of blue is DNA released from cells. The majority of cells show evidence of degradation although small foci of cells with intact nuclei can be identified. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University.
[00134] Fig. 13 depicts H&E stained histology sections for clinical sample MLM247. This is Day 0 of culture. The bar is 200 um. This is a frozen section from day 0. Because this was frozen, the tissue looks different from paraffin embedded formalin fixed tissue on day 0. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University. [00135] Fig 14. Frozen section, H&F stained histology sections for clinical sample MLM219. This is a frozen section so the tissue looks different from paraffin embedded formalin fixed tissue that was cultured and presented above. Nevertheless, the important histologic characteristics of thymocyte depletion and robust viability of TEC are well represented. Photo by Laura P. Hale, MD, PhD, Department of Pathology, Duke University [00136] Fig. 15 is a photograph of freshly harvested thymus tissue.
[00137] Fig. 16 is a schematic describing the harvesting, culturing, transplantation and biopsy of the transplantation of CTT under the rat kidney capsule, as presented in Example 5 [00138] Figs. 17A-D present photographs of the harvesting of thymus tissue from 3 -day old FT (LWxDA) rats that was cut into four pieces as described in Example 5 (Fig. 17A). A photograph of thymus pieces cultured on sterile mixed cellulose ester filters with thymus organ medium for 5-7 days in a 37°C C02 incubator, as described in Example 5 (Fig 17B). Fig 17C is a photograph of CTT transplanted under the kidney capsule of an LW rat. Fig. 17D is a photograph of a thymus graft harvested at 6 months after transplantation. Arrows indicate the CTT under the kidney capsule.
[00139] Figs 18A-D are photographs depicting the histologic appearance of fresh thymus tissue (top frames) and CTT (bottom frames) at !OOx magnification. Fig 18A shows a comparison of medullary differentiation in H&E stained fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame), as described in Example 5. Fig. 18B shows the typical lacey pattern observable in CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame) when stained for cytokeratin compared with fresh thymus tissue (top frame), as described in Example 5. Fig 18C shows fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT depleted of T ceils (bottom frame) when stained for Ki-67 Fig 18D shows fresh thymus tissue stained for CD3 (top frame) and CTT thymus tissue cultured for 5 days and then stained for CD3 (bottom frame). The brown stain noted in the CD3 stained CTT (Fig. 18D, bottom frame), likely represents some viable cells plus the detritus of dead T cells that have not washed out of the tissue.
[00140] Figs. 19A-D are photographs depicting the histologic appearance of fresh thymus tissue (top frames) and CTT (bottom frames) at 600x magnification. Fig. 19A shows a comparison of medullary differentiation in H&E stained fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame), as described in Example 5. Fig. 19B shows the typical lacey pattern observable in CTT cultured for 5 days (bottom frame) when stained for cytokeratin compared with fresh thymus tissue (top frame), as described in Example 5. Fig I9C shows fresh thymus tissue (top frame) and CTT depleted of T cells (bottom frame) when stained for Ki-67. Fig. 19D shows fresh thymus tissue stained for DCS (top frame) and CTT thymus tissue cultured for 5 days and then stained for CD3 (bottom frame). The brown stain noted in the CDS stained CTT (Fig. 19D, bottom frame), likely represents some viable cells plus the detritus of dead T cells that have not washed out of the tissue.
[00141] Fig. 20 is a schematic of the experimental design of the experiment reported in Example 5. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtie SI, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Fleart Transplants.
[00142] Fig. 21 shows repopulating recipient-type T cells are seen in the lower right quadrant after CTT transplantation. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li I, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtie SJ, Kirk AD, Marker! ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart. Transplants. [00143] Figs. 22A and B show transplanted thymus exp!anted at 8.5 month after
transplantation showing positive cytokeratin staining (Fig 22A), as well as T cell staining similar to native thymus (Fig. 22B). Original magnification x 400. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00144] Fig. 23 shows plots of significantly increased numbers of circulating CD4 and CD8 T cells compared to control animals without transplantation of CTT It also shows significantly increased numbers of naive CD4 and naive CDS T cells in the cultured thymus tissue transplantation (CTTT) group compared to the control group that did not receive CTTT and significantly increased numbers of CD4 and CDS recent thymus emigrants (RLE) in the cultured thymus tissue transplantation (CTT) group compared to the control group that did not receive CTT. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00145] Fig 24 shows immunohistologic analysis of transplanted CTT explained on day 180 showing normal thymus histology under the capsule of the kidney (right hand side of Figure 24A). Fig. 24B shows the explanted graft on H&E. Strains for viable T cells (CD3), T cell proliferation (Ki67), and cytokeratin (detected by a rabbit polyclonal antibody) are shown. In the panel stained for cytokeratin, a lacy pattern is seen with Hassall body formation (arrow) on TECs. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Fanis AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Marker! ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00146] Fig. 25 shows survival percentages of LW rats after thymectomy and
immunosuppression with DA heart transplants with CTT (solid triangles, blue line) and without CTT (upside down triangles, red lines) transplants (CTTT). The LW rats with CTTT are tolerant; the LW rats without CTTT are immunodeficient and thus do not reject the DA heart. The control shows complete rejection of DA heart transplants in LW unmanipulated rats (open squares) LW control animals also did not reject an LW cardiac graft (open circle with horizontal line) (n (>) This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Marker! ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart. Transplants.
[00147] Figs 26A and 26B are photographs of transplanted allografts (DA hearts) from animals transplanted with (26A) and without (26B) CTT showing mononuclear cell infiltration with no signs of rejection by 2004 International Society for Heart &Lung
Transplantation (ISHLT) depicted in Fig. 26C (the solid blue squares and solid red triangles). This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Market! ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart
Transplants.
[00148] Fig. 27 is a plot of BN heart graft survival in the neck percentage animal survival vs. graft survival days in LW rats with CTT (that were immunocompetent and rejected the cervical allogeneic BN heart) and control LW animals without CTT (that were
immunodeficient because of lack of thymus and could not reject the cervical BN heart.) inserted vs. BN control (LW rat rejecting a cervical BN heart) and syngeneic controls (LW rats do not reject cervical LW hearts). This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW,
Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor- specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00149] Figs. 28A and 28B are photographs of BN heart tissue with (Fig. 28A) and without (Fig. 28B) CTT insertions at 11 and 46 days, respectively. These pictures are the basis of the data in Figs. 27 and 29. The heart in 28A is not rejected because of tolerance. The heart in 28B is not rejected because of immunodeficiency from lack of thymus. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus
Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00150] Fig. 29 shows rejection grading of the cervical BN hearts. Syngeneic LW hearts placed into LW rats (open circles) were not rejected. BN hearts placed into LW rats (filled circles) were rejected. BN hearts placed in LW rats who received CTT were rejected (filled squares). BN hearts placed in LW7 rats who did not receive CTT were weakly rejected (shaded triangles) in 2 rats and not rejected by the other three rats. These data show that the rats with CTT w^ere able to strongly reject 3rd party hearts even while they accepted DA hearts (Fig. 26C) as the CTTT expressed DA. The rats without CTT were immunodeficient and didn’t reject either the DA (Fig. 26C) or the BN hearts. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants [00151] Figs. 30A and 30B are photographs of BN hearts in which rats received or did not receive CTT insertions compared to LW and DA hearts, respectively. In Fig. 30 A, after immunosuppression was removed and the BN heart transplanted, the BN heart was quickly rejected and thus is very large because of all the inflammation. The LW heart is normal sized for the heart pumping blood through the body. The DA heart is small as it was placed in the abdomen and didn’t need to pump blood. In Fig. 30B, the rat is immunodeficient and cannot reject either the BN or DA heart after immunosuppression is removed. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00152] Figs. 31 A-B are plots of rejection grading for explanted cervical BN hearts from rats with and without CTT insertions vs. BN controls and syngeneic control rats. Fig. 31A depicts quantification of inflammatory cells in the primary abdominal DA cardiac allograft. The syngeneic control shows that LW rats do not reject LW hearts. The DA control shows that LW rats do reject DA hearts. The CTT group does not reject the DA heart because of tolerance. The group without CTT group doesn’t reject the DA heart because of immunodeficiency from lack of a thymus. Fig 31 B depicts quantification of inflammatory cells in secondary cervical BN cardiac allografts. The syngeneic control show's that LW rats do not reject LW hearts. The BN control shows that LW rats do reject BN hearts. The CTT group rejects the BN heart because it is immunocompetent. The group without CTT doesn’t reject the BN heart because of immunodeficiency from lack of a thymus. Fig. 31C show's DA and BN heart rats that were harvested from the LW recipients along with the native LW heart at the time of the cervical BN heart rejection. The lower right panel shows the T cells (brown) in the BN heart leading to its rejection. Fig. 3 ID shows T cell infiltration in the LW, DA, and BN hearts from control animals without insertion of CTT. There is no T cell infiltration because the animals are immunodeficient This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtie SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus
Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00153] Fig. 32: Humoral tolerance after CTTT. Fig. 32A shows representative histogram plots for post-transplant donor-specific alloantibody (anti-DA and anti -BN antibodies) measured by T cell flow crossmatch. The upper left panel (DA control) shows the
development of anti-DA antibody (thick line) in a normal LW rat after receiving a heterotopic abdominal DA heart transplant. The upper middle panel show's lack of anti DA antibody in the LW rats that received CTTT; this indicates tolerance. The upper right panel show's no response by the LW rats without CTTT; this refl ects the immunodefi ciency of the rats after thymectomy and T cell depletion without receipt of a donor thymus. The lower left panel shows normal anti BN antibody formed by a normal LW rat receiving a cervical BN heart. The lower middle panel show's a normal response of the LW rats with CTTT against BN after receiving a cervical BN heart transplant, showing immunocompetence and ability to reject 3td party. The lower right panel shows that there is no response of the LW rats without CTTT against BN after having received a cervical BN heart transplant, showing immune- incompetence and lack of ability to reject 3rd party. Fig. 32B show's levels of anti-DA antibody after primary7 DA heart transplantation. The LW rats with CTTT from an LWxDA thymus donor do not make anti DA antibody after a DA heart transplant because they are tolerant to DA. The LW rats without CTTT do not make anti DA antibody after DA heart transplantation because they are immunodeficient. Fig. 32C shows levels of anti -BN antibody after secondary cervical BN heart transplantation. The LW rats with CTTT from an LWxDA donor make antibodies against BN showing immunocompetence against 3^ party. The LW rats without CTTT do not make antibodies against BN showing
immunoincompetence. This figure is taken from a manuscript in preparation for submission for publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park J, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00154] Fig. 33. Cryopreservation of non-human primate cultured thymus tissue after 12 days of culture. The top row' is cytokeratin at harvest (A), day 6 of culture (B), day 12 of culture (C), and after 12 days of culture followed by 35 days cryopreservation then thawing for the photo (D). The cytokeratin (AE1/AE3) in D resembles the cytokeratin in C. The second row' shows CK14 staining with the same time points. The CK14 in H is very similar to that in panel G. The third row show's CD3 staining which has the expected loss of viable T cells through time. Panel L is similar to panel K in having very few' T cells. The fourth row shows Ki-67 staining of proliferating T cells. Staining with Ki-67 is absent by day 6 as the T cells have mainly died. This figure shows the ability to cryopreserve non-human primate thymus similarly to how' cultured thymus tissue will be cryopreserved for patients.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[00155] T he titles, headings and subheadings provided herein should not be interpreted as limiting the various aspects of the disclosure. Accordingly, the terms defined below' are more fully defined by reference to the specification in its entirety. All references cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[00156] Unless otherwise defined, scientific and technical terms used herein shall have the meanings that are commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Further, unless otherwise required by context singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular. In this application, the use of“or” means“and/or” unless stated otherwise. In the context of a multiple dependent claim, the use of“or” refers back to more than one preceding independent or dependent claim in the alternative only.
[00157] It is further noted that, as used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms“a,”“an,” and“the,” and any singular use of any word, include plural referents unless expressly and unequivocally limited to one referent. As used herein, the term “include” and its grammatical variants are intended to be non-limiting, such that recitation of items in a list is not to the exclusion of other like items that can be substituted or added to the listed items
[00158] The instant invention is most clearly understood with reference to the following definitions:
[00159] The term "about" is used herein to mean approximately, in the region of, roughly, or around. When the term "about" is used in conjunction with a numerical range, it modifies that range by extending the boundaries above and below the numerical values set forth. In general, the term "about" is used herein to modify a numerical value above and below the stated value by a variance of +/- 10% As used herein, the term about refers to a numeric value, including, for example, whole numbers, fractions, and percentages, whether or not explicitly indicated. The term about generally refers to a range of numerical values (e.g., +!- 5-10% of the recited range) that one of ordinary skill in the art would consider equivalent to the recited value (e.g., having the same function or result). When terms such as at least and about precede a list of numerical values or ranges, the terms modify all of the values or ranges provided in the list. In some instances, the term about may include numerical values that are rounded to the nearest significant figure. [00160] As used herein, the term "animal" includes, but is not limited to, humans and non- hum an vertebrates such as wild, domestic, and farm animals. The animal can also be referred to as a "subject."
[00161] As used here, "biocompatible" refers to any material, which, when implanted in a mammal, does not provoke an adverse response in the mammal.
[00162] "Chronic transplant rejection" generally occurs in humans within several months to years after engraftment, even in the presence of successful immunosuppression of acute rejection. Fibrosis is a common factor in chronic rejection of all types of organ transplants.
[00163] As used herein, the terms "comprising" (and any form of comprising, such as "comprise", "comprises", and "comprised" ), "having” (and any form of having, such as "have" and "has"), "including" (and any form of including, such as "includes" and "include"), or "containing" (and any form of containing, such as "contains" and "contain "), are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, un-recited elements or method steps.
Additionally, a term that is used in conjunction with the term "comprising” is also understood to be able to be used in conjunction with the term "consisting of or "consisting essentially of "
[00164] As used herein, a "graft" refers to a tissue or organ that is implanted into an individual, typically to replace, correct or otherwise overcome a defect. The tissue or organ may consist of cells that originate from the same individual; this graft is referred to herein by the following interchangeable terms: "autograft", "autologous transplant", "autologous implant” and "autologous graft”. A graft from a genetically different individual of the same species is referred to herein by the following interchangeable terms: "allograft", "allogeneic transplant", "allogeneic implant" and "allogeneic graft". A graft from an individual to his identical twin is referred to herein as an "isograft", a "syngeneic transplant", a "syngeneic implant" or a "syngeneic graft". A "xenograft", "xenogeneic transplant" or "xenogeneic implant” refers to a graft from one individual to another of a different species
[00165] As used herein, the term "HLA matched" refers to a donor recipient pair in which none of the HLA antigens are mismatched between the donor and recipient. HLA matching in the methods of the invention comprise: HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1, HLA-DQA1, HLA-DPB 1, HLA-DPA1.
[00166] As used herein, the term "HLA mismatched" refers to matching in a donor and recipient HLA antigens, typically with respect to HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1 , HLA-DQA1, HLA-DPB 1 , HLA-DPA1 wherein an HLA mismatch between the donor and recipient occurs. In some cases, one haplotype is matched and the other is mismatched. This situation is frequently found with organs from living or deceased donors. An HLA mismatch in donor-recipient pairs results in an increased risk of graft rejection relative to HLA- matched pairs.
[00167] As background to the foregoing definitions, HLA antigens correspond to“human leukocyte antigens,” which are protein molecules expressed on the surface of cells that confer a unique antigenic identity to these cells. They are also known as“major histocompatibility complex antigens.” Thus the MHC or HLA antigens are target molecules that are recognized by T-cells as being“self” or“non-self.” If the HLA antigens are derived from the same source of hematopoietic stem cells as the immune effector cells they are considered“seif.”
If, the HLA antigens are derived from another source of hematopoieti c reconstituting cells, they are considered“non-self.”
[00168] Two main classes of HLA antigens are recognized: HLA class I and HLA class II. HLA class I antigens (A, B, and C in humans) render each cell recognizable as "self." HLA class II antigens (DRB1 , DPB1, DPA1 , DQB1, and DQA1 in humans) are involved in reactions between lymphocytes and antigen presenting cells. Both classes of HLA antigens have been implicated as targets of rejection of transplanted organs
[00169] HLA genes are clustered on human chromosome position 6p21. This cluster of genes encodes the six classical transplantation HL A genes. The segment of 6p21 also encodes genes encoding proteins having important roles in the regulation of the immune system and other fundamental molecular and cellular processes. The complete cluster measures roughly 3.6 Mb, with at least 224 gene loci. As a result of the clustering certain "haplotypes" occur (the set of alleles present on a single chromosome). The haplotypes inherited from one parent tend to be inherited as a group. The set of alleles inherited from each parent forms a haplotype, in which some alleles tend to be associated together. HLA matching is used to identify the recipient’s haplotypes and help in identifying suitable matching donors. Certain haplotypes are more prevalent than others and they vary in frequency in different racial and ethnic groups.
[00170] As used herein, the phrase "in need thereof means that the subject has been identified as having a need for the particular method or treatment. In some embodiments, the identification can be by any means of diagnosis. In any of the methods and treatments described herein, the subject can be in need thereof.
[00171] As used herein, the phrase "integer from X to Y" means any integer that includes the endpoints. For example, the phrase "integer from X to Y" means 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
[00172] As used herein, the term "mammal" means a rodent (i.e., a mouse, a rat, or a guinea pig), a monkey, a cat, a dog, a cow, a horse, a pig, or a human. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human.
[00173] As used herein the term "organ" refers to a solid vascularized organ that performs a specific function or group of functions within an organism. The term organ includes, but is not limited to heart, lung, kidney, liver, pancreas, skin, uterus, bone, cartilage, small or large bowel, bladder, brain, breast, blood vessels, esophagus, fallopian tube, gallbladder, ovaries, pancreas, prostate, placenta, spinal cord, limb including upper and lower, spleen, stomach, testes, thymus, thyroid, trachea, ureter, urethra, uterus.
[00174] As used herein, the terms "prevent", "preventing" and "prevention" refer to the administration of therapy to an individual who may ultimately manifest at least one symptom of a disease, disorder, or condition, but who has not yet done so, to reduce the chance that the individual will develop the symptom of the disease, di sorder, or condition over a given period of time. Such a reduction may be reflected, for example, in a delayed onset of the at least one symptom of the disease, disorder, or condition in the patient.
[00175] As used herein, the terms "subject," "individual" or "patient," used
interchangeably, means any animal, including mammals, such as mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, such as humans [00176] As used herein, the phrase "therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. The therapeutic effect is dependent upon the disorder being treated or the biological effect desired. As such, the therapeutic effect can be a decrease in the severity of symptoms associated with the disorder and/or inhibition (partial or complete) of progression of the disorder, or improved treatment, healing, prevention or elimination of a disorder, or side-effects. The amount needed to elicit the therapeutic response can be determined based on the age, health, size and sex of the subject. Optimal amounts can also be determined based on monitoring of the subject's response to treatment. [00177] The term "tissue" as used herein refers to any type of tissue in human or animals, and includes, but is not limited to, vascular tissue, skin tissue, hepatic tissue, pancreatic tissue, neural tissue, urogenital tissue, gastrointestinal tissue, skeletal tissue including bone and cartilage, adipose tissue, connective tissue including tendons and ligaments, amniotic tissue, chorionic tissue, dura, pericardia, muscle tissue, glandular tissue, facial tissue, ophthalmic tissue.
[00178] “Tissue bank” in the context of the present disclosure refers to long-term storage of cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product stored under liquid nitrogen. General guidance for establishment of a repository for allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product may be drawn from Guidance for Industry. Current Good Tissue Practice (CGTP) and Additional Requirements for Manufacturers of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products (HCT/Ps) available at
https://www.fda.gov/downloads/BiologicsBioodVaccines/GuidanceCompiianceRegulatoryInf ormation/Guidances/Ti ssue/UCM285223.pdf.
[00179] "Tissue engineer(ing)(-ed)" refers to the process of generating tissues ex vivo for use in tissue replacement or reconstruction. Tissue engineering is an example of "regenerative medicine" which encompasses approaches to the repair or replacement of tissues and organs by incorporation of cells, genes or other biological building blocks, along with bioengineered materials and technologies.
[00180] The term "transplant rejection" encompasses both acute and chronic transplant rejection. "Acute rejection" is the rejection by the immune system of a tissue transplant recipient when the transplanted tissue is immunologically foreign. Acute rejection is characterized by infiltration of the transplant tissue by immune cells of the recipient, which carry' out their effector function and destroy the transplant tissue. The onset of acute rejection is rapid and generally occurs in humans within a few weeks after transplant surgery.
Generally, acute rejection can be inhibited or suppressed with immunosuppressive drugs such as rapamycin, cyclosporin A, anti-CD40L monoclonal antibody and the like.
[00181] As used herein, the terms "treat," "treated," or "treating" mean both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic measures wherein the object is to slow down (lessen) an undesired physiological condition, disorder or disease, or obtain beneficial or desired clinical results. For example, beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms; diminishment of extent of condition, disorder or disease, stabilized (i.e , not worsening) state of condition, disorder or disease; delay in onset or slowing of condition, disorder or disease progression; amelioration of the condition, disorder or disease state or remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable; an amelioration of at least one measurable physical parameter, not necessarily discernible by the patient; or enhancement or improvement of condition, disorder or disease.
[00182] As described herein, any concentration range, percentage range, ratio range or integer range is to be understood to include the value of any integer within the recited range and, when appropriate, fractions thereof (such as one tenth and one hundredth of an integer), unless otherwise indicated. Ranges are approximate and may vary by more than an integer.
[00183] Units, prefixes, and symbols are denoted in their Systeme International de Unites (SI) accepted form. Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range.
Measured values are understood to be approximate, taking into account significant digits and the error associated with the measurement.
[00184] It is further appreciated that certain features described herein, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, can also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, can also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination.
Harvesting of Donor Thymus Tissue.
[00185] Donor thymus tissue may be obtained during post-natal heart operations with the informed consent of the donor’s family. The removal of some thymus may be necessary to reveal the operative site. Thus, a portion of the thymus may be removed during the heart operation in post-natal heart surgeries, due to the nature of the surgical procedure
[00186] During postnatal heart surgeries a portion of the thymus tissue may be discarded during the surgical procedure. For all heart surgeries, whether or not the thymus is being screened for transplantation, the surgeon places the thymus tissue that has been removed into a sterile container.
[00187] Thymus tissue donors for thymus tissue transplantation in infants with complete Di George syndrome have been infants under nine months of age. The drug substance allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is manufactured by processing and culturing the discarded thymus tissue as described herein.
[00188] Consent for use of the thymus in cultured thymus tissue transplantation may be obtained before or after the thymus is harvested. However, consent allowing blood to be obtained from the infant prior to undergoing bypass is necessary and is always obtained prior to the surgery. This blood sample is used for donor screening.
[00189] The discarded thymus tissue is placed into a sterile container. Routine testing is done on the donor and donor’s birth mother in accordance with FDA guidelines for tissue transplantation. Tissue type matching is not required in the surgical procedures described herein, but such tissue type matching can be performed in certain situations. [00190] Tissue may be processed immediately or stored refrigerated overnight for next day- processing. If the thymus tissue is to be stored overnight, the tissue is aseptically added to thymus organ medium (“TOM” medium described below) sufficient to completely cover the thymus tissue in the original container. The container with the thymus is placed in refrigerator until ready to process the next day.
Overview o f Conditioning of Thymus Tissue
[00191] The conditioning regimen depletes the donor thymocytes from the cultured thymus tissue slices. Based on in vitro data (immunohistochemistry) a culture period between 12 and 21 days preserves the epithelial network as assessed using cytokeratin antibodies. The culturing is preferably done at 37°C in a 5% C02 incubator.
[00192] For successful culture, the thymus tissue is preferably sliced and put on Millipore® cellulose or equivalent filters and placed on surgical sponges in tissue culture dishes. The medium comprises the thymus organ medium (TOM) and is changed daily.
[00193] The thymus on receipt is assessed by pathology. The test for identity must show >50% of areas positive for keratin in lacy staining pattern. The test for potency must show Hassall bodies; it must also show CK14 staining in lacy pattern. The test for viability must show >90% intact nuclei observed in sections. The lot release for the tissue is done on one day between day 5 and day 9 (inclusive) and is performed by pathology. For identity, areas on tissue between days 5 and 9 must be positive for keratin, AEI/AE3. For potency, the cultured thymus tissue between days 5 and 9 must show cytokeratin CK 14 staining scattered throughout, and there must be at least one Hassall body identified. For viability, the cultured thymus tissue between days 5 and 9 must show intact nuclei.
[00194] In an embodiment, the thymus tissue slices are conditioned for about 12 days and then cryopreserved. In another embodiment all of the thymus tissue slices are conditioned for about 12 days, then about half are implanted in the recipient and the remaining thymus tissue slices are cryopreserved for future use
[00195] Within 24 hours of harvest, the thymus is cut into thin slices. The slices are held in culture for 12-21 days. This culturing process, as described in detail below, depletes viable donor T cells and ultimately enables the surgically implanted tissue slice to reconstitute the athymic subject’s immune system, albeit at potentially lower, but immunologically effective T cell levels.
[00196] The culturing process, as outlined below', significantly modifies the biological characteristics of the donor thymus tissue and constituent cells contained therein in the following manner to optimize the effective therapeutic properties of the CTT slices.
[00197] The culturing process assures that a defined composition of the cultured cells/tissue having the pre-requisite biological characteristics is obtained in a manner suitable for surgical implantation into a subject to enable reconstitution of the subject’s immune system
[00198] The culturing process results in a loss of thymocytes and relative enrichment of thymic epithelial cells and other stromal cells in the donor thymus tissue slices.
[00199] The culturing process further results in depletion of thym ocytes and maintenance of TECs to enable reconstitution of the recipient’s immune system and allows tolerance to develop in the recipient to HLA antigens in the donor thymus.
[00200] Overall, the manufacturing process is designed to deplete thymocytes from the donor thymus tissue and to preserve the functional architecture of the thymic stroma (thymic epithelial cells and fibroblasts).
[00201] In an embodiment, processed donor thymus tissue is an engineered thymus tissue product capable of inducing tolerance to the thymus tissue types (HLA antigens) in a subject in need thereof following a surgical implantation procedure. [00202] To keep the sliced thymus tissue viable, the thymus sections are placed on Millipore cellulose filters and surgical sponges inserted into medium-containing tissue culture dishes. The culture medium in each tissue culture dish is replaced daily from the day of harvest from the donor to the day of implantation (day 12 to day 21).
[00203] The culturing of donor thymus tissue depletes thymocytes in such processed tissue which minimizes the risk of graft versus host disease (“GvHD”), which could be highly problematic in profoundly immunodeficient subjects following a thymectomy.
[00204] During the first few days in culture, many thymocytes“fall out” of the ti ssue slices into the culture medium and are discarded during media changes. As culturing continues during the culturing period, donor thymocytes continue to die but their cellular remnants are retained within the CTT slices.
[00205] Without being bound by theory, the presence of these non-viable thymocytes and their remnants that lack nuclei are hypothesized to be important for the intended function of the tissue-engineered product, because they help to preserve the open pockets in the three- dimensional network of thymic epithelial cells that is necessary' for the entry of recipient bone marrow stem cells post-treatment. The importance of having“space” for the entering bone marrow stem cells is supported by experience with patient DIG003 in Markert, 1999 (See list of reference infra). The patient described in the foregoing reference had been given a very large dose of steroids (40 mg/kg/day x 3 days of methylprednisolone) 35 days after CTT transplantation, which led to apoptosis of the thymocytes and condensation of the epithelium. No naive Ϊ cells ever developed, and the patient succumbed to infection. At autopsy, the inserted thymus was a mass of viable cuboidal epithelium with no space between the epithelial cells for thymocytes to enter. [00206] During the culturing period, HLA typing is performed to see if the patient
(recipient) and donor tissue share any HLA alleles. Anti-HLA antibody testing is performed in the recipient to determine if the recipient has any antibodies against HLA antigens in the thymus. If the recipient has antibodies targeting the donor’s MHC, another thymus would be sought. The donor and the mother of the donor are checked for infection per the FDA guidance document“Guidance for Industry. Eligibility Determination for Donors of Human Cells, Tissues and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products (HCT/Ps)” and more recent Guidance documents. The tissue is processed aseptieally under the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1271 subpart D“Current Good Tissue Practice.”
[00207] Following review of the batch records and QC testing the tissue is released from manufacturing and provided to the surgical team for transplantation, the tissue is surgically implanted into the recipient, as described previously
[00208] Cultured thymus tissue is produced in a process more completely described below and in the Examples set forth in this specification.
[00209] In summary, the culturing process of the harvested thymus tissue significantly modifi es the biological characteristics of the donor tissue and constituent cells contained therein in the following manners: loss of donor thymocytes and enrichment of thymic epithelial cells and other stromal cells, and depletion of donor thymocytes modifies the physiologic functions of the tissue (e.g., secretion of cytokines and growth factors) as well as its structural properties.
[00210] During the first few days in culture, many thymocytes“fall out” of the tissue slices into the culture medium and are discarded during media changes. [00211] Manipulations that occur during the manufacturing process result in changes in the gross and histologic appearance of the resulting cells contained in the finished product as compared with the source or starting material obtained from the donor.
[00212] Thymus tissue during the first few days of culturing appears red due to residual blood on and within the tissue. See, e.g., Fig. 15.
[00213] Between days 5 to 9 viable tissue is observed minus the blood contamination that was evident on day 1.
[00214] During the remaining days of culturing the depth of the tissue decreases as thymocytes are depleted. The decrease in density of thymocytes in the tissue is documented by immunohi stochemistry and described in detail below .
[00215] On day 0 following harvesting of the discarded thymus tissue the tissue is densely populated with viable thymocytes embedded in a stroma that contains thymic epithelial cells and fibroblasts. AE1/AE3 and CK14 staining confirm the presence of cytokeratin (ex positive thymic epithelial cells, which are characteristic of normal thymus. The thymic epithelial cells form a lacy three-dimensional network with delicate processes that surround neighboring thymocytes.
[00216] During the culturing process, slices of thymus are cultured, as described below7.
Numerous thymocytes are washed out of the tissue, especially over the first 3 days. This depletion can be identified histologically as early as day 2 by H&E stains that show decreased thymocyte density, particularly in medullary areas. The majority of the thymocytes that remain in the tissue show nuclear changes consistent with apoptosis and/or necrosis or demonstrate karyolysis (complete loss of nuclei). Many of these dead thymocytes and their cellular remnants remain present throughout the thymus tissue and are believed to prevent total collapse of the space between epithelial cells. [00217] Some epithelial condensation can be seen in external areas, such as in the subcapsular cortex where loss of thymocytes has led the epithelial cell network to collapse. These condensed subcapsular cortical epithelial cells can form linear arrays several ceil layers thick, which may add to the mechanical strength of the slices. Some medullary epithelium may also condense to form patches of contiguous epithelial cells
[00218] Death of thymocytes continues as the culture progresses, with retention of necrotic thymocyte debris within the tissue. Further condensation of medullary and subcapsular cortical epithelium is minimal between approximately days 7 and 19 of culture.
[00219] Areas with epithelial architecture similar to normal thymus can still be observed late in culture for each thymus using the AE1/AE3 stains. For tissues cultured longer, the epithelial architecture of cortex and medulla can still be readily discerned; for instance, Hassall bodi es remai n in the medul lary areas. The degree of thymocyte depletion, however, results in a substantially different overall histologic appearance on H&E compared to that of normal thymus at time points later than day 0.
Detailed Culturing of Thymus Tissue.
[00220] The general procedure in preparing allogeneic cultured thymus tissue-derived product is that thymus tissue for infants with complete Di George syndrome is obtained as discarded tissue from infants under the age of 9 months undergoing cardiac surgery, as described previously. For solid organ transplantation, discarded thymus will be obtained from individuals up to 50 years of age. Use of the thymus tissue will depend on whether it meets criteria for use as set forth in this specification.
[00221] The thymus tissue is aseptically processed and cultured under cGMP conditions to produce partially T cell-depleted thymus tissue slices. [00222] The manufacture of cultured thymus tissue (CTT) consists of the following general steps: receipt and processing of incoming thymus tissue, slicing, culturing, media changes, dose calculation, packaging and transporting the thymus to the operating room. In addition, incoming thymus tissue is tested for acceptability and in-process and release testing is conducted on thymus tissue slices.
[00223] In an embodiment, the thymus tissue slicing process entails using sterile, single-use scissors and forceps to cut off a piece of thymus tissue. The operator removes the capsule of the thymus with forceps and scissors and places the capsule in the lid of the plate for disposal later.
[00224] The piece of thymus tissue is placed in the single-use tissue sheer using forceps.
The top of the sheer (e.g, Stadie-Riggs hand microtome (Thomas Scientific, Swedesboro, NJ)), is placed onto the middle portion of the sheer and tightened in place. The operator runs the blade through the tissue piece to cut off a slice. The slices are approximately 0.5 to 1 mm thick. After cutting each slice, the top of the sheer is removed and the tissue slice is transferred onto pre-wetted sterilized Miliipore filters using forceps. The filters are pre wetted with TOM. Approximately 50-90% of the filter space is filled without overlap of the tissue slices
[00225] Typically, three in-process pieces are cut off of the tissue at the beginning of slicing, all of which are roughly 3x3mm. One is sent for histology, and two are retained. Thymocytes flow freely into the medium as the thymus is sliced.
[00226] In an embodiment, the filter and thymus slices are transferred to a gelatin surgical sponge saturated with TOM in a tissue culture dish. Two filters are placed per sponge and 2 sponges are used per tissue culture dish. The process of slicing pieces of thymus is repeated until the required number of slices has been prepared. Culture dishes are labeled with an operation number, dish number, and ISBT barcode label. Completed dishes are placed in a humidified incubator at 37°C with 5% C02.
[00227] The tissue engineered drug substance comprises thymus tissue slices after they have been placed in a culture dish in media and cultured for 12 to 21 day, as described below. The tissue-engineered drug product comprises the thymus tissue slices after transfer into a drug product container. No other processing is conducted to create the drug product from the drug substance; the only processing of drug substance to create drug product is transfer of slices into the leak proof container and corresponding media change.
[00228] The culturing of thymus tissue slices is more specifically set forth in the following paragraphs.
[00229] In an embodiment, thymus tissue is obtained from the operating room as discarded tissue fro infants aged 9 months and under undergoing cardiac surgery. The tissue is then placed in a sterile specimen cup with a screw-cap top by the surgical team and transported to a GMP facility under ambient conditions for processing. The sterile specimen container in which the thymus is received is labeled, including a barcode, with the donor’s name and medical record number. The donor screening group gives the thymus a unique identifier (thymuses are numbered consecutively) and a unique medical record number. For manufacturing, each tissue has an operation number, and a unique label. All identifiers are recorded on a‘"Confidential Thymus Donor Form” that is maintained separately from the batch record and kept confidential.
[00230] In an embodiment, the drug substance container closure system may be a cell culture dish with lid. One slice of thymus tissue is placed on a filter and two filters are placed on each gelatin sponge in thymus organ media in the dish. Four slices are placed in each culture dish and the dishes are stored in the incubator, with daily media changes, until ready for release
[00231] In an embodiment, the culture dishes can be obtained from Coming. The dishes may be sterile, non-pyrogenic Falcon 100 mm polystyrene cell culture dishes (product #353003). The dishes are cleaned by vacuum-gas plasma treatment and sterilized by gamma irradiation. The dimensions of the dish are 89.43 mm O.D. x 19.18 mm.
[00232] In an exemplary embodiment, the Surgifoam® sponge may be manufactured by Ethicon and it meets the requirements for Absorbable Gelatin Sponge, USP. A suitable sponge is a sterile, water-insoluble, malleable, porcine gelatin absorbable sponge that is intended for hemostatic use. An illustrative example of the mixed cellulose esters filter is manufactured by Millipore (product # SMWP 02500). The 25 mm hydrophilic membrane has a 5.0 mih pore size. It is made of biologically inert mixtures of cellulose acetate and cellulose nitrate. The filter is sterilized by ethylene oxide prior to use.
[00233] After release and acceptance of the donor thymus into the processing laboratory, the thymus is cut into thin slices, which are placed on sterile filter papers that are put on the surgical sponges in sterile culture dishes. If the tissue is not processed immediately, it is stored in thymus organ media (TOM), as described below, at 2 - 8 °C for up to 24 hours after harvest from the donor before processing is initiated. TOM consists of Ham’s F-12 culture media, HEPES buffer, L-glutamine and heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS).
[00234] In an embodiment, processing occurs in an ISO 5 space of a biological safety cabinet (BSC) in an ISO 7 manufacturing clean room. Only one lot of thymus tissue from a single thymus is processed in the BSC at any time. The BSC is cleaned before use. The thymus is tested for appearance by visual inspection and weighed. The thymus is then placed in a 150-mm tissue culture dish in TOM. The capsule of the thymus is removed with sterile, single-use forceps and scissors. Tissue pieces are taken for testing and as retained samples. The incoming thymus tissue is tested for identity by histology. Donor eligibility is also confirmed. Processing continues prior to receipt of histologic results and all donor screening results.
[00235] The acceptance criteria for donor screening is that all donor eligibility requirements must be met. Donor screening is required per 21 CFR 1271 to protect the safety of the thymus tissue transplant recipient. This screening minimizes the risk of disease transmission from donor to recipient.
[00236] Using sterile, single-use scissors and forceps, a piece of tissue is cut off. The piece of tissue is placed in the single-use tissue sheer using forceps. As previously described, the top of the sheer is placed onto the middle portion of the sheer and tightened in place. The operator runs the blade through the tissue piece to cut off a slice. The slices are
approximately 0.5 to 1 mm thick. After cutting each slice, the top of the sheer is removed and the tissue slice is transferred onto pre-wetted sterilized Millipore® filters using forceps. The filters are pre-wetted with TOM. Approximately 50-90% of the filter space is filled without overlap of the tissue slices. The filter and thymus slices are transferred to a gelatin surgical sponge saturated with TOM in a tissue culture dish.
Thymus Organ Media (TOM)
[00237] The medium is made with ingredients approved for use in humans which are unlikely to cause allergic reactions, whenever such reagents are available.
[00238] All reagents must be tracked such that all ingredients can be identified after transplantation if any problems develop. [00239] Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) must be manufactured using US material because of the concern of Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease. Information on each lot must be sent to the FDA prior to use.
[00240] Although normal adults have natural antibodies to FBS (antibodies to galactose- alpha-1, 3 galactose (Gal -a- 1-3 Gal)), which are tested for as IgM isohemagglutinins, immunodeficient children with DiGeorge syndrome do not have these antibodies 4.4. (Parker W, Yu PB, Holzknecht ZE, Lundberg K, Buckley RH, Platt JL., 1997,“Specificity and function of‘natural’ antibodies in immunodeficient subjects: Clues to B cell lineage and development,” J Clin Immunol. 17: 311-321).
[00241] Medium must be tested for bacterial, fungal, and mycoplasmal contamination prior to use.
[00242] In an embodiment, the following materials are used to prepare TOM:
[00243] HAMS FI 2, Gibco #1 1765-054 (or case 1 1765-062), 500 ml bottles or equivalent source.
[00244] HEPES, Gibco #15630-080 or equivalent, 1M solution, 100 ml bottles. Final concentration 25 mM.
[00245] L-Glutamine, Gibco #25030-081 or equivalent source, (stock 200 mM).
[00246] Fetal Bovine Serum, Gibco, #16140 (Heat Inactivated) or #10082-147 (heat inactivated, certified).
[00247] In an embodiment FBS that is HI may be used in the following manner:
[00248] FBS must be heat inactivated at 56°C for 30 min.
[00249] To decrease the likelihood of contamination of the medium, medium must be divided into aliquots and no aliquot should be used more than once. [00250] Aliquots of remaining FBS may be stored frozen (-20°C) in 25ml aliquots for research use.
[00251] In an embodiment, TOM may be prepared in the following manner.
[00252] Thaw fetal bovine serum overnight in the refrigerator, or at 37°C with frequent gentle swirling
[00253] If non-Heat inactivated fetal bovine serum is used, heat inactivate at 56°C for 30 minutes.
[00254] Put all media components together into 4 liter flask if making 4 liters at a time, stir for 3-5 minutes with stir bar on magnetic stir plate on medium speed (no frothing).
[00255] Sterilize using the 0.2 micron filter units.
[00256] In an embodiment, sterilization of the TOM preparation may be performed in the following manner. Dispense 1 liter TOM into one liter flask. Measure 80 ml TOM in a disposable sterile cylinder. Pour the 80 ml TOM into a 150 ml Corning filter sterilization unit. Attach house vacuum to filter and filter sterilize per manufacturer’s directions. Remove the filter unit from the container and discard. Cap the collection bottle with the sterile cap (provided with the unit). Label with TOM Lot No. Test one aliquot for bacterial culture with anaerobes, fungal culture, other, and Mycoplasma culture. Test one aliquot for endotoxin. Store ail TOM aliquots in the -20° C freezer upright.
[00257] TOM media may be released for use if: LAL result must equal to or less than 2 EU/rni for samples diluted 20 fold for testing or 1 EU/ml for samples diluted 10 fold for testing, all culture results must be negative for growth.
[00258] A BSC must be used for the filtering and dispensing the medium.
[00259] TOM is tested for sterility and endotoxin before release. TOM is not released for culturing a donor thymus until after the 14-day sterility testing acceptance criterion has been met. Once prepared, TOM is stored at -2Q°C until thawed, at which point it may be stored for use in the refrigerator for up to two weeks
[00260] In an embodiment, the 14-day sterility testing, may, for example, be conducted using the Bad/ ALERT culture system. The BacT/ ALERT (BioMerieux, Durham, NC) is a commercially available culture system that can be used to test samples using an automated microbial detection system.
[00261] All in-process and drug substance cultures are incubated for 14 days or reported immediately if the product becomes positive. For positive tests, the organism(s) are identified and their antibiotic sensitivities determined. Culture bottles containing medium for aerobic growth and bottles containing medium for anaerobic growth are inoculated with samples to be tested on day 1, day 7 and the day of release. All bottles are incubated for 14 days at 35- 37°C.
[00262] FBS may be obtained from GIB CO brand, Life Technologies. The FBS is prepared by an aseptic, validated process. FBS meets USD A requirements for abattoir-sourced animals, traceability and country of origin. All fetal blood is collected from fetuses derived from healthy da s that have passed pre- and post-mortem certified veterinary inspection. All FBS are traceable by date and location of collection. FBS collected and processed in the United States is from USD A approved and inspected slaughter establishments. The United States is recognized by the USD A as being free of foot and mouth disease and rinderpest. To qualify the supplier, FBS is tested for pH, osmolality, endotoxin, total protein and identity before use
[00263] Completed dishes are placed in a humidified incubator at 37°C with 5% CO2. Each lot of thymus tissue is stored in a separate incubator. After the thymus sli ces have been placed in the incubator, particle sampling and personnel monitoring is conducted. [00264] Thymus slices are cultured for up to 21 days, and during culture the medium is changed daily. These thymus slices are considered the drug substance. During the culture period, many thymocytes are washed out of the thymus tissue slices or the thymocytes undergo apoptosis while preserving the thymic stroma. All manufacturing steps are conducted using sterile, disposable equipment and supplies. Media is aspirated by pipette from the culture dish and pooled into a sterile collection container for in-process testing. Ten (10) mL of fresh thymus organ media is then gently dispensed to each culture dish in a rinsing manner over the ti ssue slices. After the media change is completed, samples are taken from the pooled media for sterility and histology, if needed. Particle sampling and personnel monitoring are completed and line clearance is performed.
[00265] The medium is changed daily.
[00266] The slices are cultured for up to 21 days
[00267] In-process testing is conducted to provide insight into the process and product quality and to help ensure the safety and quality of the final drug product.
In-Process Testing
[00268] Samples are collected for sterility in-process testing on day 1 and day 7. Samples are collected for mycoplasma in-process testing on day 7. Samples are collected for in- process histology testing between days 5 and 9 The dose is determined on the day prior to release. Gram stain, BacT, mycoplasma and endotoxin are tested on the day of release.
[00269] The Gra stain is a bacteriological laboratory technique used to differentiate bacterial species into two groups, Gram-positive and Gram -negative. Gram stain is tested on pooled spent culture medium from the culture dishes. The method uses a staining technique to determine the classification based on the physical properties of the cell wall. This method is used to make a preliminary morphologic identification or to establish whether there are significant numbers of bacteria in a clinical specimen. Staining is conducted either manually or using an automated Stainer. It has been demonstrated that the two different staining methods showed no qualitative differences that would impact culture results.
[00270] Histology testing performed on days 5-9 includes: (1) determination that areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 are scattered throughout tissue on days 5-9; (2) at least 1 Hassall body is microscopically identified; (3) CK14 staining of the tissue slices is scattered throughout the thymus tissue; and (4) intact nuclei are microscopically observed.
[00271] The presence of Hassall bodies and intact nuclei as well as successful CK 14 staining are indicative of normal healthy thymus tissue that has been cultured
[00272] Culture time is an important process parameter. As noted, culturing is performed for up to 21 days.
[00273] Testing of thymus samples at days 5, 9, 12 and 21 in cul ture is conducted to confirm whether histology results generated between days 5 and 9 in culture are representative of histology testing results generated between days 12 and 21 in culture. Based on the observations made by the pathologist for the samples discussed in the Examples, the histologic appearance of the tissue slices at day 5 reflects what is observed at each of the later time points (day 9, 12 and 21). This corroborates performing release testing between days 5 and 9.
[00274] Histologic examination of any one slice corroborates the conclusion regarding acceptability of the entire lot. The relevant characteristics of any one slice from a thymus reflect those of the entire thymus, supporting the continued use of a single slice of tissue for histology testing.
[00275] Forced degradation testing indicated as indicated in Figs. 12A andl2B demonstrated that the cultured thymus tissue product is not easily degraded and is most sensitive to freeze/thaw as well as changes in osmolarity. Other conditions tested during forced degradation showed little to no effect on the cultured thymus tissue product.
Control of Cultured Thymus Product Drug Substance
[00276] Acceptance criteria for incoming thymus tissue product include the tests identified in Table 1 below.
Table 1. Incoming Thymus Tissue
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00277] Abbreviations: CK, cytokeratin; EU, endotoxin unit; USP, United States
Pharmacopeia. A thymus tissue is processed prior to obtaining all donor screening results.
[00278] Generally, the acceptance criterion for weight is greater than or equal to 3 grams. This is the minimal thymus weight that is accepted to ensure sufficient material is available for proper dosing of the final product. The acceptance criterion is based on experience in processing thymus tissue.
[00279] Acceptance criteria for in-process testing is identified in Table 2 below. Table 2. In-process Testing:
Figure imgf000073_0001
[00280] Acceptance criteria for cultured thymus tissue drag substance testing is identified in Table 3 below.
Table 3. Cultured Thymus Tissue Drug Substance Testing
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00281] The acceptance criterion for identity is that thymus tissue identity is confirmed by histology on day 1 and at the midpoint (days 5-9). A barcode is used for tracking of the tissue throughout the processing and the barcode is confirmed at release to verify the correct identity of the product.
Histology > by lmmunochemistry
[00282] The histology method is a standard method used by hospitals for all tissue types, as is known by a person of skill in the art.
[00283] Samples of the product are fixed in 10% formalin and transported to the laboratory. Containers are labeled with a coded identifier instead of the patient’s name to protect patient privacy, along a medical record number. Upon arrival in pathology, the specimens are assigned a unique pathology accession number, and barcoded. The subsequent blocks, slides, and paperwork are all barcoded with this pathology accession number.
[00284] After the specimen is received in the lab, the formalin-fixed tissue is grossly examined, and a written gross description of the material is prepared that will become part of the final report. The formalin-fixed tissue is then processed and embedded into a paraffin block by standard methodology on an automated processor. Sections are cut from the paraffin block and the following stains are performed by ASCP-certified histotechnologists:
[00285] Hematoxylin & eosin. [00286] Cytokeratin AE1/AE3 immunohistochemistry.
[00287] Cytokeratin 14 immunohistochemistry.
[00288] CD3 immunohistochemistry.
[00289] Ki-67 immunohistochemistry.
[00290] During performance of the foregoing immunohistochemistry tests, appropriate control slides are also tested and reviewed. All control slides and internal controls demonstrate the expected immunoreactive patterns. The incoming thymus sample also serves as a control for tissue slices that have been in culture for 5-9 days, when samples are tested as part of potency testing. The incoming thymus sample appears as a typical thymus sample and then changes occur to the tissue slices while they are cultured and then tested after 5-9 days in culture. After 5-9 days in culture, the sample must show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK 14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei.
[00291] Slides are interpreted by a pathologist certified in Anatomic Pathology, with additional experience in the histologic evaluation of thymic tissue. The final report is issued by the pathologist and the report documents the results.
[00292] Acceptance criteria for cultured thymus tissue drag substance testing is identified in Table 4 below.
Table 4. Cultured Thymus Tissue Drug Substance Release Testing
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0002
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00293] The cultured thymus tissue must be free of microorganisms. In the sterility test performed on day 1 and day 7, there should be no growth of microorganisms. Mycoplasma should be negative upon testing on day 7. The sterility test should be gram stain negative.
[00294] Product sterility is maintained using appropriate controls including aseptic technique; employing a training program and verifying the qualification of operators;
utilizing appropriate clean room qualification procedures; employing establish clean media fill procedures and utilizing ready-to-use sterilized apparatus or apparatus sterilized utilizing validated sterilization cycles.
[00295] The containers of processed thymus tissue are visually examined for damage. Tissue slices normally exhibit a yellow to reddish brown appearance with varying thickness and shape.
[00296] Thymus tissue identity is confirmed by histology on day 1 and at midpoint (days 5-
9)·
[00297] A barcode is used for tracking of the tissue throughout the processing and the barcode is confirmed at release.
[00298] The dosage (area) is 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus ti ssue / recipient body surface area in m2. Dose is controlled by the surface area of slices released to the operating room as appropriate for the patient’s body surface area.
[00299] The acceptable dose range is defined as LOGO - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue per recipient body surface area (BSA) in m2. The area of the thymus tissue is determined by photograph using software analysis (PAX-it Image Analysis Software) BSA is determined using the patients height in cm and weight in kg. The DuBois and DuBois formula is used to calculate the BSA:
[00300] BSA=0.007184 x [height (cm)]05 x [weight (kg)]0 425.
[00301] The cultured thymus tissue is tested for endotoxin. The specification is < 5 EU/kg body weight/hr.
[00302] Endotoxin testing may be performed, for example, by using the Endosafe PTS system. The cartridges used with the Endosafe PTS use a chromogenic kinetic Limulus Arnebocyte Lysate (LAL) test. Each cartridge contains precise amounts ofLAL reagent, chromogenic substrate and control standard endotoxin. Test sample is pipetted into four sample reservoirs. The instalment draws and mixes the sample with LAL reagent in two channels (sample channels) and with the LAL reagent and positive product control in the other two (spike channels). The sample is incubated then combined with the chromogenic substrate. After mixing, the optical density of the wells is measured and compared to a standard curve archived in the instalment. The instrument measures the reaction time in each channel. The archived standard curve specific for each batch of cartridges is constructed using the log of the reaction time versus the log of the endotoxin standard concentration. The sample and spike values are calculated by interpolation off the standard curve using the reaction time. This testing meets the requirements of United States Pharmacopeia (USP).
[00303] Testing for mycoplasma may be performed in the following manner. A sample of the pooled media is removed from the plates on day 7 and tested before product release.
[00304] In the event of a positive culture during manufacturing, the lot will be discarded and will not be administered. In the event of a positive culture after clinical product
administration, the patient’s attending physician and sponsor will treat the patient appropriately A positive culture requires that the species of the contaminating organism be identified and its antibiotic sensitivity determined. The attending physician will institute antibiotic therapy for the thymus recipient, if indicated.
[00305] The drug product undergoes similar visual inspections and histology testing before use.
[00306] After the thymus tissue slices have been cultured for up to 21 days, the slices are transferred into drug product containers for transport to the operating room. Once received in the operating room, the slices are inserted into the thigh muscle of the recipient patient
[00307] The container should be intact with no visible damage and the thymus tissue slices should appear as yellow to reddish-brown slices of tissue with varying thickness and shape. The tissue slices are visually examined to confirm that these acceptance criteria are met. Cryopreservation and thawing of allogeneic cultured post-natal thymus tissue derived product
[00308] Cryopreservation of the allogeneic cultured post-natal thymus tissue derived product may be performed in the following manner.
[00309] A cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, prepared by method comprising the steps of:
[00310] (a) obtaining suitable thymus tissue from a donor,
[00311] (b) typing HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DPA1;
[00312] (c) subjecting the thymus tissue to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cel! depleted donor thymus tissue slices; further wherein the donor thymus tissue slices show, on days 5 to 9, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen,
[00313] (d) harvesting the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices as allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product;
[00314] (e) cryopreserving the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in liquid nitrogen; and
[00315] (f) maintaining the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in liquid nitrogen in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank. In an embodiment, the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product of claim 66, wherein the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nucl ei are intact.
[00316] In an embodiment, the donor thymus is sliced and divided into roughly two equal portions, putting each slice with its cellulose filter in a separate cryovial (Nunc tube). The filter is folded in half to insert it into the tube. About 1 to about 1 5 ml of freezing medium [sterile filtered 90% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 10% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)] at room temperature is added to cover the tissue. The sterile cap of the cryovial is replaced on the tube. Put all the tubes in a Biocision Cool Cell or equivalent container which is at room temperature. Any empty slots in the CoolCell should be filled with tubes that have 1 mi of freezing media. The tubes are placed overnight in a ~80°C freezer. Alternatively place each tissue plus filter in a 5ml CryoELITE tissue Vial (Wheaton). Put 3 to 5 ml of freezing medium at room temperature to cover the tissue. Put in a Styrofoam box and put in - 80° freezer overnight. The vials are then transferred to the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen freezer. Alternatively a controlled rate freezer can be used to bring the temperature of the cryovials to liquid nitrogen temperature
[00317] To recover the tissue, remove the cryovial or the CryoELITE tissue Vial from the liquid nitrogen freezer. Thaw the thymic pieces in the vial rapidly with a swirling motion in a 37°C water bath. The tube is sprayed with 70% ethanol and then is placed in the Biological Safety Cabinet (BSC). The thymic tissue and filter are removed from either the Nunc cryovial or the CryoELITE tissue Vial using forceps. The tissue and filter are placed in a 50 ml conical tube containing 20ml of 4°C TOM. Up to 5 filters can be placed in each 50 ml conical tube that contains 20 ml of 4°C TOM. Immediately transfer the 5 filters with tissue to a fresh conical tube with 20 ml of 4°C TOM media and put at 4°C for 15 minutes. Repeat the wash 3 times. Keeping the tissue at 4°C, transfer each piece to its own 120 ml Starplex container with 5 mis 4° TOM. All containers are brought to the surgical suite in a
temperature-controlled container with a cold pack in it. The Starplex containers with the tissue are brought into the operating room. The tissue on the filters are transferred to the sterile field into a tissue culture dish with approximately 2 ml of sterile saline. The scrub nurse removes the ti ssue from the filter paper by scrapping or pulling with forceps. The scrub nurse places the tissue, in an amorphous pile, back on the filter paper. The tissue culture dish with approximately 4 filters and the tissue is transferred to the operative site where the surgeon can easily access the tissue. The tissue is placed in the quadriceps muscles similarly to the procedure with CTT (RVT-802) The Cryo-CTT resembles the CTT in that it is partially T-cell depleted, the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, slices contain at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining is scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei.
Transplantation of CTT [00318] In an embodiment, unmatched thymus tissue slices from the donor are cultured for 12-21 days. On the day of the solid organ transplantation steroids are usually given at the induction of anesthesia. For heart or lung transplants, the thymus of the recipient is surgically removed at the time of the solid organ transplant. For other organ transplants the thymectomy may be done prior to the day of transplantation or on that day. The thymectomy method would be surgical, thorascopic or robotic. At the end of the surgery after reperfusion, the recipient is given more steroids prior to receiving equine anti -thymocyte globulin (e.g., rabbit anti -thymocyte globulin) over 3 to 7 days to kill most of the residual T cells (and NK cells) in the recipient or alemtuzumab over 4 days to kill the T, B and NK cells.
Administration of an immunosuppressant (such as cyclosporine or tacrolimus) and mycophenyiate is then started until T cells develop and show greater than 10% naive T cells. It may take 6 to 12 months for the naive T cells to increase to this number. Cultured thymus tissue is processed for the thymus of the donor of the solid organ. Half of the CTT can be implanted into the quadricepts muscle between 12 and 21 days. The other half of the thymus will be cryopreserved for future use of the recipient. The immunosuppressive regimens will suppress any remaining T cells until naive T cells are released by the cultured thymus tissue slices implanted in the recipient and the recipient meets criteria for weaning off the maintenance immunosuppression regimen. (Over 10% naive T cells are needed to wean the immunosuppression.)
Thymectomy Protocol
[00319] The patient is taken to the operating room and is placed under general anesthesia by endotracheal tube.
[00320] The chest and abdomen are prepped and draped in a sterile fashion. [00321] The patient undergoes a full sternotomy through a skin incision of approximately 4 cm.
[00322] Both pleural spaces are entered to guarantee a complete resection.
[00323] The phrenic nerves are visualized on both sides and care is taken to not compromise them.
[00324] The thymus is identified and carefully dissected away from the pleural investment of the lung, starting with the inferior horns and extending to the superior horns.
[00325] A complete thymectomy is performed.
[00326] Hemostasis is attained within the mediastinum.
[00327] Chest tube placement. One chest tube is always inserted (into the mediastinum). If a single pleural space is entered during the operation, the chest tube is continued from the mediastinum into that pleural space. If both pleural spaces are entered, a second chest tube is used in a similar fashion from the mediastinum to the other pleural space
[00328] Drain size. #15 Blake drains are used for infants up to 2 years of age. #19 Blake drains are used for children 2 years and older.
[00329] Sternum closure: In neonates or infants, 0-Ticron sutures are used to close the sternum. At about 1-2 year of age, #1 sternal wires are used. At about 2-5 years of age, #4 sternal wires are used.
[00330] The fascia, subcutaneous tissue and skin are closed with running absorbable suture.
[00331] A skin wound vac is placed on the sternum.
[00332] The patient is extubated in the operating room.
[00333] A sponge, instrument and needle counts are taken and must be correct at the end of the case.
Surgical implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product. [00334] Allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product should be implanted in accordance with the following instructions. Implantation of thymus tissue into the thigh requires a healthy bed of muscle tissue.
Preparation for implantation procedure
[00335] The maximum and minimum dosage of planned transplanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product should be calculated for each individual patient. Properly identify the intended recipient prior to administration.
[00336] Under sterile conditions within a laminar flow hood, the tissue slices on the filter papers that are on surgical sponges in medium are removed from the tissue culture dishes and placed in 120 ml sterile cups with 20 mi medium, packaged to maintain sterility, and delivered to the operating room or packaged for shipment. Tissue slices are not removed from the individual containers until ready to be used. Verify the product expiration date and time.
[00337] Always handle allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product (tissue slices) using strict sterile technique. Inspect each container for leaks or evidence of damage. Do not use if there is evidence of contamination. Outside the sterile field, unpack allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product containers from the shipping box. Remove racks containing polypropylene containers from the outer bag. When ready, a team member outside the sterile field, but adjacent to the sterile prep table, will open and remove the cap from each container, one at a time. Each open container is then held by the team member outside the sterile field extending his/her arm over the sterile field without touching the sterile field.
[00338] The sterile field team member will use a pair of forceps to remove the individual tissue slice with its filter paper from the container and place it in a sterile tissue culture dish containing approximately 2 ml preservative-free saline on the sterile prep table. Four tissue slices with the filter papers taken from four containers are placed in one sterile tissue culture dish that is on the sterile field in front of the sterile field team member. Using sterile forceps, the sterile field team member then peels the tissue slice away from the filter paper using two pairs of forceps, one of which holds the filter in place while the other pulls the tissue or scraps the tissue into a pile. The tissue removed from each filter paper is than put on that filter paper in a pile in the middle of the filter paper. The sterile tissue culture dish is then transferred to the sterile field. The next set of four allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product containers will then be processed the same way while the surgeon is implanting the first 4 slices. When the surgeon finishes implanting the first four slices, the next dish with 4 pieces of tissue is put in the surgical field and the initial tissue culture dish is returned to the sterile field in front of the sterile field team member for loading the 3ra set of four tissue slices. Continue this cycle until all the desired tissue is implanted. All of the tissue slices are not transferred at the beginning to avoid contamination from the air in the operating room.
Surgical procedure
[00339] Step 1. Skin opening.
[00340] After induction of general anesthesia, make a vertical skin incision (typically ~5 cm in length) over one of the anterior thigh compartment. Note: The size of the incision and the use of one or both legs for the implantation procedure is determined by the size of the patient, planned amount of transplanted tissue, and his/her muscle mass. If all or most of the tissue can be implanted in one leg, then only one leg should be used.
[00341] Step 2. Open the fascia to expose the anterior compartment muscles.
[00342] Step 3. Muscle spreading and implantation. [00343] Separate the muscle using a tonsil clamp or similar instrument along the natural furrows of the quadriceps muscle. The allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product individual thymus slices should be implanted without cutting muscle tissue. Place individual tissue slices in“pockets” approximately 1 cm apart and approximately 1 cm in depth within the quadriceps muscle along the natural furrows. Depending on the size of the patient, the surgeon may place approximately 6-7 slices into 6 to 7 pockets along each furrow. Individual allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product slices may be cut in half prior to implantation depending on the mass of tissue on each filter A thick slice of tissue that had fully covered the filter paper should be cut in half for optimal
vascularization of each tissue implant as much required tissue within each anterior compartment up to the maximum planned dose.
[00344] Step 4. Muscle closure.
[00345] Close the muscle with a single suture over the site where the thymus tissue was implanted to prevent muscle reopening and graft coming out of muscle. Ensure that the implanted tissue is entirely covered by muscle tissue with no exposed thymus tissue prior to closing the incision.
[00346] Step 5. Repeat Steps 3-4 for each allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product tissue slice up to the maximum intended dose.
[00347] Step 6. Incision closing.
[00348] Confirm hemostasis. Close the skin incision with two layers of absorbabl e sutures and apply standard dressing such as wound closure strips or skin glue. Leave the fascia open to allow room for the muscle compartment swelling. An occlusive dressing may be used to prevent contamination.
Post-operative surgical/medical management. [00349] Use mild analgesics as needed. Monitor for signs of infection or dehiscence.
[00350] If the donor is a living related donor as for lung, kidney, intestine, or partial liver, a portion of that solid organ donors’ thymus may be adequate for culture and implantation.
The pathology criteria listed above for the day of harvest and for days 5 to 9 would need to be met.
[00351] Cryopreserved-cultured thymus tissue may be available from a 3rd party donor. However, the 3rd party donor must express all the recipient HLA alleles that are not expressed by the solid organ donor. This includes HLA- A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB1, HLA-DQAl, HLA-DPB1, HLA-DPA1. Mismatching in HLA-DP alleles is acceptable if the mismatch is“permissive.” In other alleles minor mismatching is allowed, e.g., HLA- A*01 :02 into a recipient carrying HLA-A*0l : 01 , in other words, the second field (after the colon) can be different, the first field (before the colon) must be identical.
Human Heart Transplant Procedures
[00352] Eligibility of a subject is determined based on a number of criteria including: Poor 12 to 24 month prognosis without cardiac transplantation despite current maximum supportive therapies; congenital or acquired heart disease with failure to thrive as defined by UNOS criteria; symptoms of advanced heart failure in the setting of congenital or acquired heart disease refractory to medical therapy; abnormal hemodynamics or increasing pulmonary vascular resistance; inoperable structural heart disease; symptomatic arrhythmias not amenable to medication or device therapy or poor exercise tolerance.
[00353] A number of absolute and relative contraindications to heart transplant surgery are assessed, including, for example, reversible renal dysfunction unless the subject is a candidate for heart/kidney transplant; irreversible liver disease unless candidate for heart/liver transplant, irreversible pulmonary dysfunction, use of non-con ventional mechanical ventilator support ( i.e . high frequency ventilator, maximal settings of CMV) or fixed pulmonary hypertension (TPG>15) unless the subject is a candidate for a heart-lung transplant; Diabetes meilitus with microvascular disease; or active, uncontrolled seizure disorder.
[00354] Other contraindications may include other diseases limiting long term survival and rehabilitation following a heart transplant; substance abuse, morbid obesity, malignancies; active psychiatric disorder; and other reasons such as documented medical non-compliance.
[00355] Relative contraindications include active infections, cognitive dysfunction;
inadequate vascular access and significant allosensitization
[00356] Donor and recipient histocompatibility management is also considered. Patients are evaluated for panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) for pre-formed HLA antibodies that the recipient may have formed in response to a“sensitizing event” such as prior transfusions or major surgeries using bypass/blood products or homograft materials
[00357] An assessment is made of the recipient’s presensitization history, for example, previous blood transfusions; number, dates; previous surgeries; previous pregnancies;
immunization history and IVIG administration (with dates).
[00358] Patients with an excessively high HLA class I or class II PRA or those undergoing repeat transplant may be candidates for desensitization strategies. Specific strategies will be individualized to the potential recipient and may include use of plasmapheresis, IVIG, rituximab and/or bortezomib. Significant antibodies are those that remain present after a 1 : 16 dilution.
[00359] Pre-sensitized patients may require an actual prospective cross-match with potential donors. Patients with a history of HLA antibodies will undergo virtual cross-match in UNET at the time a transplant is being considered. [00360] Pre-sensitized patients may require an actual prospective cross-match with potential donors via the following general guidelines. All patients with a history of HLA antibodies will undergo virtual cross-match in IJNET at the time an offer is being considered.
[00361] If the cPRA < 20%: virtual cross-match in UNET, no additional measures are needed, proceed with routine retrospective donor cross-match and routine
immunosuppression.
[00362] If cPRA > 20%: virtual cross-match in UNET, recipient receives plasmapheresis in the operating room (“OR”) at the time of transplant.
[00363] If cPRA > 70%: virtual cross-match, consider obtaining an actual prospective donor cross-match if time allows; administer plasmapheresis in the OR. Consider placement of a pheresis catheter in the OR for post-op continuation of pheresis.
[00364] Ongoing antibody reduction interventions are determined by donor cross-match, DSA’s and clinical course.
[00365] For all pre-sensitized patients, blood will be sent for donor-specific antibodies within the first two weeks post-transplant and repeated as clinically indicated. Routine testing for DSA will be done on all post-transplant patients at least every 6 months post transplant and as needed if any clinical concerns.
[00366] Standard blood product transfusion protocols are followed both pre- and post transplantation. immunosuppression Management
[00367] Immunosuppression management is determined based on the solid organ to be transplanted .
Pediatric Heart Transplants
[00368] All patients will receive induction therapy with basiliximab or anti -thymocyte globulin based on their clinical situation and risk factors. The type of induction therapy used will be determined prior to transplant (First Immunosuppression Regimen drug therapy).
[00369] In an embodiment, pre-transplant/induction therapy typically comprises administration of :
[00370] Mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept®) 25 mg/kg IV prior to the operating room.
[00371] Methylprednisolone 10 mg/kg IV on induction (max dose 500 mg).
[00372] Methylprednisolone 10 mg/kg IV on release of x-clamp (max dose 500 mg).
[00373] ATG (antithymocyte globulin) 1.5 mg/kg IV on release of x-clamp.
[00374] Alternatively use Basiliximab (Simulect®), dosed by weight of recipient.
[00375] <35 kg, 10 mg on release of x-clamp and 2nd dose 4 days later.
[00376] >35 kg, 20 mg on release of x-clamp and 2nd dose 4 days later.
[00377] In an embodiment pre-transplant induction immunosuppressive therapy for heart and CTT transplant candidates may comprise:
[00378] Basiliximab (Simulect®)— (if cannot give ATG).
[00379] Dosing :
[00380] - 35kg. Initial dose: 10 mg IV administered preoperatively by anesthesia on induction of anesthesia (after stable and methylprednisolone given).
[00381] Second dose: 10 mg IV administered 4 days after transplantation; hold second dose if complications occur (including severe hypersensitivity reactions or graft loss) [00382] >35kg: Initial dose: 20 mg IV administered preoperatively by anesthesia on induction of anesthesia when stable.
[00383] Second dose: 20 mg IV administered 4 days after transplantation; hold second dose if complications occur (including severe hypersensitivity reactions or graft loss.
[00384] Administration: IV infusion over 20-30 minutes. Half-life children 1 -1 1 years: 9.5 days, adolescents 12-16 years: 9.1 days, adults: 7.2 days.
[00385] In an embodiment, antithymocyte globulin (ATG, rabbit derived,
Thymoglobu!in©), may be given according to the following dosing schedule for heart transplant subjects:
[00386] 1.5mg/kg/day for 3 to 7 days based on lymphocyte count and markers and platelet count. The first dose is given after organ reperfusion on release of cross-clamp after second dose of steroids (intra-operatively).
[00387] Continued daily based on above parameters, will be determined by transplant MI) [00388] Administration: Slow IV infusion over 6 hours for first dose, subsequent doses can be given over 4 hours as tolerated.
[00389] In an embodiment, in addition to routine preoperative/intraoperative
methylprednisolone for CPB/pump cases, patients may receive a dose of methyl prednisolone (SoluMedrol) lOmg/kg (max dose 500mg) IV to be administered by anesthesia on induction of anesthesia before basiliximab and then a second dose of lOmg/kg (max 500mg) on reperfusion (before ATG).
Post-operative Maintenance Immunosuppression (Maintenance immunosuppression regimen)
[00390] In an embodiment, post-transplant immunosuppression comprises:
[00391] ATG (Thymoglobulin®) 1.5 mg/kg IV daily for 5-7 doses.
[00392] Hold if WBC < 2,000 or platelet count <50,000 [00393] ½ dose if WBC 2,000-3,000 or platelet count 50,000-75,000.
[00394] Mycophenolate 15-25 mg/kg IV/PO every 12 hrs
[00395] Adjust for GI intolerance or leukopenia/neutropenia.
[00396] Can substitute azathioprine if GI intolerance.
[00397] Can substitute mycophenolic acid (Myfortic®) if GI intolerance.
[00398] Tacrolimus to start at 24-48 hrs after tx depending on renal function & oral tolerance.
[00399] Starting dose -0.05 mg PO q 12 hrs & adjust based on levels.
[00400] -10-15 for first 6 months, 8-12 for 6 mo-3 years, 4-8 for >3 years.
[00401] Can substitute cyclosporine if IV medication needed or intolerance to tacrolimus.
[00402] Methylprednisolone 5 mg/kg IV q 8 hours x 6 doses (max dose 125 mg).
[00403] Then, l mg/kg/dose IV/PO q 12 hours (max 30 mg/dose).
[00404] Wean over next 2-3 months based on biopsy results.
[00405] In an embodiment, tacrolimus (FK506, Prograf®) may be administered. Usual dosage forms include intravenous solutions of 0.5mg/ml, and oral capsules of 0.5mg, lmg, and 5mg per capsule.
[00406] A starting dose of -0.05 mg/kg/dose - is given every 12 hours (maximum
5mg/dose) when the recipient is PO/NG/SL, usually started at -24 hours post-operatively if renal function acceptable.
[00407] Tacrolimus trough levels are monitored daily until therapeutic dosing is achieved. Increase administration to every 8 hours, if necessary, to achieve therapeutic trough levels. If the drug is given sublingually, the capsule contents are sprinkled under tongue (may result in higher levels). Oral and sublingual doses are not. Generally it will be necessary to administer - ½ of the oral dose to be given sublingually. [00408] Tacrolimus dosing may be administered based on serum whole blood levels measured by mass spectrometry method 10-14 hours (7-9 hours if dosed every 8 hours) following the last dose.
[00409] Renal and hepatic function, adverse drug effects, infection and rejection history are all considered in managing a patient’s tacrolimus levels. Dose adjustments do not need to be made if levels fall +/- 1 within the desired range if the patient is clinically doing well. In these cases the decision is up to the attending transplant physician.
[00410] In an embodiment, cyclosporine is administered to patients unable to tolerate tacrolimus. The starting dose: 2 mg/kg/dose by mouth every 12 hours. If unable to achieve therapeutic levels (especially infants and young children) then the dosing frequency is increased to every 8 hours.
[00411] General Dosing is based on the following serum whole blood levels measured by- mass spectrometry method 10-14 hours (7-9 hours if dosed every' 8 hours) following the last dose.
[00412] Renal and hepatic function, adverse drug effects, infection and rejection history are all considered in managing a patient’s cyclosporine level. Dose adjustments do not need to be made if levels fall +/- 10-20 within the desired range if the patient is clinically doing well. In these cases the decision is up to the transplant attending. Every effort should be made to document the patient’s goal cyclosporine level in the chart. The IV dose is generally equal to 1/3 the oral dose.
[00413] In an embodiment, Mycophenolate mofetil (Cellcept®) (200mg/ml, 250mg or 500mg tabs) may be administered:
[00414] Begin 30-50 mg/kg/day in two divided doses (maximu dose children 2 g/day, adults 3 g/day). [00415] IV dose := PO dose.
[00416] No therapeutic drug monitoring is required but can be done if concerns about toxicity.
[00417] Mycophenolate may cause bone marrow suppression and neutropenia.
[00418] The dose may be held when ANC <500 or WBC <1000; may need to decrease dose in setting of decreasing ANC (<1000) or WBC ( 5000). In practice dosages of Cellcept 500mg = Myfortic (mycophenolate) 360mg.
[00419] In an embodiment, Mycophenolate (Myfortic® dosage forms J 80mg tablet, 360mg tablet) may be administered in lieu of Mycophenolate mofetil, according to the following dosage parameters:
[00420] Begin delayed-release tablet: 400 mg/m2/dose twice daily; maximum dose: 720 mg OR BSA 1.19-1.58 m2: 540 mg twice daily, BSA >1.58 m2: 720 mg twice daily.
[00421] No IV or suspension available. If IV or suspension is necessary then the drug is converted to Cellcept. (Cellcept 500mg = Myfortic 360mg). Mycophenolate may cause the same bone marrow suppression as Mycophenolate mofetil.
[00422] In an embodiment, if Mycophenolate mofetil cannot be tolerated, azathioprine may be administered in the following manner:
[00423] Begin 2-4 mg/kg/day, given once daily
[00424] Azathioprine causes bone marrow suppression and dose may need to be reduced based on WBC/ ANC. The IV dose equals the oral dose.
[00425] In an embodiment steroid may be administered, as methylprednisolone (Solu- Medro!®), prednisone or prednisolone. [00426] Intravenous steroids are started intraoperatively (as induction immunosuppressive therapy), and the continued post-operative! y at 5 rng/kg/dose (maximum 125 mg/dose) IV every 8 hours x 6 doses.
[00427] Oral steroids may begin thereafter as prednisone tablets or prednisolone suspension 3 mg/ml. Intravenous methylpredniso!one is continued if the transplant recipient is unable to tolerate the immunosuppression treatment regimen orally. A switch over to oral therapy may be made the recipient can tolerate oral medications. Exemplary dosing ranges of steroids are:
[00428] 0- 10 kg. start at 2mg/kg/day divided BID, wean every 2 days, holding at 6mg daily [00429] 0-30kg. start at 2mg/kg/day divided BID (max single dose of 30mg, see below), wean by 5mg/day every two days then hold at lOmg daily.
[00430] >30kg, 30mg BID x 4 doses, 25mg BID x 4 doses, 20mg BID x 4 doses, I5mg BID x 4 doses, lOmg BID x 4 doses, then start 15mg daily to be further weaned by transplant cardiologist
[00431] Continue to wean steroids to off over first month after transplant based on biopsy results. If rejection develops, then steroids will be restarted at the discretion of the transplant cardiologist and continued indefinitely based on further biopsy results and patient clinical status.
[00432] Other drugs in the second immunosuppression regimen include the following:
[00433] Sirolimus (Rapamune®) (0.5mg, lmg, 2mg caps): Initiated after diagnosis of coronary allograft vasculopathy or as otherwise clinically indicated by the transplant cardiologist.
[00434] Starting dose: 1 mg/m2 (maximum dose: 3mg) once daily or divided into 2 daily doses if difficulty achieving adequate levels. [00435] Therapeutic level goal is 4-8, accept lower tacrolimus level (same 4-8 range) if on both drugs.
[00436] Trough level drawn 23-25 hours following last dose or 11-13 hours following last dose if dosing every 12 hours.
[00437] Discontinue mycophenolate (Cellcept®, Myfortic®), azathioprine when starting sirolimus.
[00438] Start Bactrim prophylaxis: Can cause troublesome mouth sores, and delayed wound healing.
[00439] Pravastatin (Pravachoi®)— used in teenagers/older children and those with CAV [00440] Begin 0.2 mg/kg/day administered once daily (comes in tablet form, can give ¼, ½ or up to 1-2 tabs per day at night.
[00441] Titrate up dose as weight changes (maximum dose 20 mg/day).
[00442] : Monitor LFT’s, CK every 8 w'eeks
[00443] Discontinue drug if joint or muscle pain develops.
[00444] Ganciclovir IV -given for CMV prevention if recipient or donor is CMV IgG positive.
[00445] Induction therapy; 5 mg/kg IV q 12 hours x 7-14 days
[00446] Maintenance therapy: 5 mg/kg IV daily.
[00447] Monitor WBC and renal function.
[00448] Transition to oral val ganciclovir when tolerable.
[00449] Valganciclovir (Valcyte®)— for CMV prevention in all CMV + recipient or donor.
[00450] 450mg tabs or 50mg/ml suspension.
[00451] 4 months - 16 years: total daily oral dose (mg) ::: [7 x BSA x Cr Clearance]
[00452] > 16 years: 900mg orally daily. [00453] Monitor CMV PCR at each visit.
[00454] Trimethoprim-Sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim®, Septra®):
[00455] Single strength tablets 80 mg/400 mg, double strength tab 160 mg/800 mg, suspension 40 mg/200 mg per 5ml.
[00456] Start when taking oral meals as well, prior to discharge for PCP/Toxo prevention.
[00457] 1 mo - 12 yr: 5-10mg/kg/day TMP div BID 3x/week on consecutive days.
[00458] >12 yr: 80-I60mg TMP orally daily or 160mg TMP orally 3x/week.
[00459] Monitor for drugs which may increase or decrease tacrolimus and cyclosporine levels, as known to the person of ordinary skill in the art.
[00460] Also monitor for drugs having a synergistic nephrotoxicity with tacrolimus and cyclosporine.
Acute Transplant Rejection Treatment
[00461] In an embodiment, the subject is treated in the following manner in the event transplant rejection is noted
[00462] In an embodiment, if the transplant recipient is Grade 0, 1R without hemodynamic compromise: no treatment is required and consideration may be given to weaning steroids.
[00463] If the patient presents with Grade 2R cellular rejection without hemodynamic compromise, the following treatment regimen is followed:
[00464] Optimize maintenance immunosuppression.
[00465] Administer methylprednisolone 15 mg/kg/day IV x 3 days (maximum 1000 mg), can divide into every !2hr dosing or give once every 24hr [00466] Repeat biopsy in 1 to 2 weeks, for refractory cellular rejection repeat methylprednisolone and optionally Thymoglobulin®.
[00467] If rejection resolved then repeat biopsy 1 month later (6 weeks post-rejection) and resume previously defined biopsy protocol if rejection was successfully treated.
[00468] For refractory cellular rejection repeat methylprednisolone and consider
thymoglobulin.
[00469] If the patient presents with Grade 2R cellular rejection without hemodynamic compromise or higher grade rejection.
[00470] Optimize immunosuppression with higher levels (10-15).
[00471] Administer methylprednisolone 15mg/kg/day IV x 3 days (maximum 1000 mg).
[00472] Administer Thymoglobulin®.
[00473] Perform plasmapheresis if evidence of or concern for antibody mediated rejection.
[00474] If the patient presents with antibody-mediated rejection with or without
hemodynamic compromise:
[00475] Administer methylprednisolone 15mg/kg'day IV x 3 days (maximum 1000 mg).
[00476] Perform plasmapheresis x 5 runs (daily or every other day).
[00477] Administer IVIG 1-2 gm/kg IV monthly x 6 months.
[00478] Evidence of graft dysfunction or hemodynamic compromise warrants a biopsy (when patient is stabilized) for cellular rejection and antibody-mediated rejection, including C4d staining. Start methylprednisolone (SoluMedrol) while awaiting biopsy results, consider starting thymoglobulin and plasmapheresis.
[00479] Treat grade 3R biopsies or hemodynamic compromise as a high-grade rejection episode. [00480] Methylprednisolone (SoiuMedrol) 15rng/kg/day IV x 3 days (maximum 1000 mg). Consider inotrope therapy, thymoglobulin; and/or plasmapheresis.
[00481] Antibody-mediated rejection with or without hemodynamic compromise.
Diagnosis: identification of C4d deposition in myocardial tissue with presence of donor- specific antibodies in peripheral serum sample. Consider steroids, ATG pheresis for AMR. Kidney and Pancreas Immunosuppression Management
[00482] Exemplary induction immunosuppressive regimens and maintenance
immunosuppressive regimens for kidney and pancreas transplantation procedures are presented below. In an embodiment, transplant recipients receive belatacept as maintenance therapy as part of the second immunosuppressive regimen. This protocol is typically employed when the recipient is Epstein Barr Vims (EBV) Ig+, exhibits no DSA (donor specific alloantibody); irrespective of absolute or calculated panel reactive antibodies (PRA), the transplant involves a negative cross-match and the recipient is < 70 years old with a BMI of < 35. Further considerations include the recipient’s ability to tolerate induction (if they would not otherwise receive thymoglobulin). The recipient should have no history of idiopathic focal segmental glomerulosclerosis (FSGS) and no previous non-kidney solid organ transplant. The protocol is for kidney transplants only.
[00483] In an embodiment, the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises administration of methylprednisolone 500 mg intravenously intra-operatively. Alemtuzumab 30 mg is administered by intravenous infusion over a period of three hours (2 hours post administration of steroids). Belatacept 10 mg/kg is administered (TBW) (rounded to the nearest 12.5 mg) after the prior drug administrations.
[00484] In an embodiment, the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen comprises belatacept lOmg/kg TBW on POD 4 and end of week 2, 4, 8, and 12; then 5 mg/kg every month (rounded to nearest 12 5mg). Sirolimus is administered 2mg daily with first trough level taken after 2 weeks (goal 8-10 ng/ml). No steroid maintenance therapy is normally required.
[00485] In an embodiment in low risk renal transplants where the recipient is not a candidate for belatacept, the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise no induction immunosuppressive regimen, i.e., the induction immunosuppressive regimen is optional. The maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise mycophenolic acid 1000 mg administered every 12 hours and tacrolimus administered 0.1 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 5 mg every 12 hours.
[00486] In an embodiment when the recipient is high risk and ATG contraindicated, frail, an age > 70 and who has evidence of recent infection and recent cancer activity, the induction immunosuppressive agent may comprise basalixiimab 20 mg to start in the operating room and post-operative day (POD) 4. The maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise mycophenolic acid 1000 mg every 12 hours and tacrolimus 0.1 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 5 mg every 12 hours with tapering dosages of steroids.
[00487] In an embodiment involving high risk renal transplants or kidney and pancreas transplants the following parameters are considered. Recipients having a historic peak PRA>30, a historic donor specific antibody (DSA, irrespective of absolute or calculated PRA), 2nd transplant with early graft loss due to presumed immunological reason, 3rd or greater transplant, Pediatric en bloc (adult) recipients, kidney/ pancreas, Pancreas alone and if high risk for DGF or high risk biopsy. In such a transplant, the induction immunosuppressive regimen (induction therapy) may comprise Thymoglobulin 1.5mg/kg IBW (rounded to nearest 25mg) x 4 doses started in the operating room. [00488] In an embodiment, where the recipient has zero PRA, no autoimmune diseases and a high BMI, the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise thymoglobulin 1.5 mg/kg IBW (rounded to nearest 25mg) x 4 doses started in the operating room. The second immunosuppressive regimen (maintenance therapy) may comprise tapering dosages of steroids, such as 500 mg in the OR, 240 mg POD 1 , 125 mg POD 2, 125 mg POD 3, 90 g POD 4, with mycophenofic acid 1000 mg every 12 hours starting POD 4 and tacrolimus 0.1 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 5 mg every 12 hours.
[00489] In an embodiment where a pancreas transplant is performed after a kidney transplant, the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise thymoglobulin l.5mg/kg IBW (rounded to nearest 25mg) x 4 doses started in the operating room. The second immunosuppressive regiment may comprise a steroid taper to lowest of 5 mg daily, mycophenolic acid 1000 mg administered every 12 hours starting POD 4 and tacrolimus administered 0.8 mg/kg/day with a maximum of 4 mg every 12 hours.
[00490] For all immunosuppressive regimens involving administration of mycophenolic acid, the initial dose may be chosen based on an assessment of patient and transplant factors. Adult Heart Transplant Immunosuppression Management
[00491] In an embodiment, induction immunosuppressive regimens are normally
administered. Exceptions may occasionally be made when the risks of induction therapy are thought to outweigh the benefits of such therapy (j.e, the induction immunosuppressive regimen is optional).
[00492] In an embodiment, when an induction immunosuppressive regimen is administered, the regimen may comprise Simulect® (basiliximab): 20mg IV given in the OR after reperfusion (cross-clamp removal) and repeated on post-operative day 4. In patients receiving induction immunosuppressive therapy, the calcineurin inhibitor (CNI) administered in the second immunosuppressive regiment should be initiated at 48 hours post-operatively, but may be delayed further depending upon the patient’s renal condition. Steroids may be administered in the peri-operative period, typically methylprednisolone 500 mg intravenously at induction of general anesthesia and 500 mg IV before reperfusion (cross-clamp removal).
[00493] In an embodiment, the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen (post-operative maintenance immunosuppressive treatment), the regimen may comprise steroids, for example, methylprednisolone 125 mg IV q8 hours x 3 doses (Start 8 hours after reperfusion) followed by prednisone: 0.5 mg/kg twice daily beginning post-operative day 2; decrease dose by 5 mg twice daily every 2 days to 10 mg twice daily (or 20mg daily) and maintain this dose to 30 days post-transplant. The second immunosuppressive regimen may also comprise caicineurin inhibitors (CNI) , for example, Tacrohmus/FK506/Prograf ©(Preferred Agent): i ng by mouth every 12 hours. The dose is titrated to trough goal level of 10-15 ng/ml. Typical dose adjustments are made after 5 doses of the caicineurin inhibitor to establish steady state;. Daily levels of the CNI are monitored initially to evaluate for CNI toxicity.
[00494] In an alternative embodiment cyclosporine/CyA/Neoral® is administered at a dosage of 100 mg (1.5 to 5 mg/kg) by mouth every 12 hours. The dose is typically titrated to a trough goal level of 33 ng/ml. The maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may also comprise an antiproliferative agent such as mycophenolate mofetil (CelJcept®) 1,000 to 1,500 mg orally, with the dosage adjusted to maintain a WBC count > 3,000. In the alternative, the antiproliferative agent may be mycophenolate (Myfortic®) 360 mg - 720 mg administered orally twice a day, with the dosage adjusted to maintain a WBC count > 3,000 In another embodiment, the antiproliferative agent is azathioprine (Imuran©) administered orally in a dosage of 2 mg/kg daily, with the dosage adjusted to maintain a WBC count >
3,000. [00495] In an embodiment, the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise sirolimus (Rapammune®) (TOR- 1) administered orally at a dosage of 2 mg daily. The dosage is typically titrated to maintain a trough of 4-12 pg/ml.
[00496] In an embodiment, the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise a tapering dosage of steroids, for example. Month 1 , decrease dose to 15.0 mg PO daily; Month 2, decrease dose to 12.5 mg PO daily; Month 3, decrease dose to 10.0 mg PO daily; Month 4, decrease dose to 7.5 mg PO daily; Month 5, decrease dose to 5.0 mg PO daily; Month 6, decrease dose to 2.5 mg PO daily. The steroid taper should be reevaluated following >
ISHLT Grade 1 R with evidence of myocyte necrosis. The taper may be resumed after improvement in histological rejection guidelines.
[00497] In an embodiment, the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise the following additional/adjunctive agent s: methotrexate (MTX) administered 2.5 to 5 mg twice weekly for cell-mediated rejection. MTX should be considered for 3 or more consecutive biopsies with >= grade 1R/2 or 2 consecutive biopsies with grade 2R/3A.
Adult liver and Intestine Immunosuppressive Management
[00498] In an embodiment, a liver transplant with no renal dysfunction may be performed without any induction immunosuppressive regimen, i.e. such induction immunosuppressive regimen is optional. The maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise, administration of mycophenolate I g every 12 hours and tacrolimus 2-3 mg every 12 hours along with a tapering dosage of steroids. A typical tapering dosage of steroids is:
methyiprednisolone 500 mg IV intra-operatively; methylprednisoione 250 mg IV 6 hours post-operatively once; methylprednisoione 180 mg IV once POD 1; methyiprednisolone 90mg IV once POD 2; methylprednisoione 60mg IV once POD 3; methylprednisoione 30mg IV once POD 4, prednisone 20 mg PO daily POD 5-14; decrease by 2,5 mg every 2 weeks. In an embodiment, the tapering dosage of prednisolone may be administered as 20 mg daily for the first 2 weeks; 17.5 mg daily for weeks 2-4; 15 m daily for weeks 4-6, 12.5 mg daily for weeks 6-8; 10 mg daily for weeks 8-10; 7.5 mg daily for weeks 10-12; 5 mg daily for weeks 12-14; 2.5 mg daily for weeks 14-16. Stop at 16 weeks. In certain circumstances the prednisolone is weaned to 5 mg daily and held for one year.
[00499] In an embodiment, a renal sparing liver transplant is performed where there is pre operative dysfunction requiring HD or CVVHD/F. In another embodiment, a renal sparing liver transplant is performed where there is post-operative renal dysfunction with serum creatinine levels of > 2 mg/dL on POD 0-1.
[00500] In an embodiment, the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises thymoglobulin 1.5 mg/kg (rounded to the nearest 25 mg) every' 48 hours for 4 doses. In an embodiment, dosage reductions are made for pancytopenia or neutropenia. If WBC count is 2-3 or platelets are 30-50, give ½ dosage. If WBC is < 2 or platelets are < 30, hold the dosage.
[00501] In an embodiment, when premedication is indicated, the premedication may be administered 30-60 minutes prior to ATG infusion, acetaminophen 650 mg VT or orally, diphenhydramine 25-50 mg; and methylprednisolone 40 mg IV (or may use taper described above).
[00502] In an embodiment, the transplant is an intestine or multivisceral transplant such as a liver, intestine, pancreas transplant where the recipient is at high immunologic risk (PRA > 0, prior pregnancy or transplant of isolated intestine, or where there is a low immunologic risk but a high risk of infection, the induction immunosuppressive regimen may comprise premedication, as described above, and may also comprise thymoglobulin 1.5 mg/kg (rounded to the nearest 25 mg every' 24 hours for a total of 6 mg/kg, and basiliximab 20 mg in POD 0 and 4 The maintenance immunosuppressive regimen may comprise a tapering dosage of steroids as described above and mycophenolate 1 g every 12 hours and tacrolimus 1 mg SL every 12 hours (goal 12-16 mg/ml).
[00503] In certain embodiments, the tacrolimus is administered at a dosage to achieve target levels of 5-8 (liver) or 12-17 (intestine, liver-intestine) while patient is on mycophenolate mofetil (Cellcept). The target may be altered if the patient is participating in a drug study trial, has rejection, renal compromise, or for advancing age.
[00504] In certain embodiments where mycophenolate mofetil (MMF, Cellcept) is administered the standard dosage for adults is 1,000 rng every 12 hours. Dosage reductions may be made in patients with pancytopenia or neutropenia in accordance with the following: WBC 2-3 or platelets 30-50: consider giving ½ dose; for WBC < 2 or platelets < 30; consider holding dose.
[00505] In certain embodiments involving treatment of acute Liver allograft rejections, the following treatment may be administered: methyl prednisolone 500 mg IV daily for 3 doses. If liver function tests are not improving, an additional two doses may be given (total of 5 doses of 500 mg IV daily), with a repeat lover biopsy performed on the eve of POD 3 or the morning of POD 4
[00506] In certain embodiments, patients treated with SoluMedrol® or Thymoglobulin® whose CMV IgG was previously negative, should have a CMV IgG rechecked at the beginning of treatment.
Immunosuppressive Management in Lung Transplants
[00507] In certain embodiments, immunosuppressive management in lung implants follows the following induction and maintenance immunosuppressive regimens. Induction immunosuppressive regimens may follow an induction immunosuppressive regimen described previously. Maintenance immunosuppressive regimens may comprise the following:
[00508] Calcineurin Inhibitors: tacrolimus every 12 hours with dosing adjusted to maintain trough tacrolimus levels. See Table 5 below.
Table 5: Tacrolimus Trough Levels
Figure imgf000105_0001
[00509] Cyclosporine administered every' 12 hours with dosing adjusted to maintain trough CyA levels according to Table 6 below.
Table 6: Cyclosporine Trough Levels
Figure imgf000106_0001
[00510] Steroid tapering dosage of 0-3 months post-transplant, 20 mg administered orally on a daily basis; 3-6 months post-transplant, 15 mg administered orally on a daily basis; 6-9 months post-transplant, 10 mg administered orally on a daily basis; and > 9 months post transplant, 5 mg administered orally on a daily basis.
[00511] Azathioprine 2 mg/kg may be administered orally on a daily basis. Important to ensure normal TMPT enzyme levels prior to start and to follow LFTs/CBC. Dosage adjustments may be considered if leukopenia is observed.
[00512] Mycophenolate mofetil (Cellcept®) may be administered at a usual dosage of 1 ,000 mg twice daily. The usual dosage for heart and lung transplants is 1,500 mg daily
administered orally. CBC should be followed and dosage adjustments should be considered if leukopenia is observed. [00513] Sirolimus is generally contraindicated in the first 3 months following transplantation due to concerns for anastomoctic dehiscence. If administered, sirolimus is typically administered 1 mg daily by oral administration, which is adjusted based on trough levels. For example, administered as a 3ra agent or for CNI sparing, a target trough is 4-8 ng/ml; and as a CNI alternative, the trough level is 10-15 ng/ml.
Examples
[00514] Example 1 : Intra-thymus variability study.
[00515] Intra-thymus variability was studied to determine whether histology testing results from one part of a thymus could be considered representative of histology testing results in any other part of the same thymus. The results of this test were used to determine how many samples should be tested during both routine release testing and for process validation testing.
[00516] Histology acceptance criteria were established, as noted previously, including the assessment of areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout tissue on days 5-9; at least 1 Hassall body identified; CK14 staining scattered throughout tissue; and intact nuclei observed.
[00517] For this study, three thymuses were sliced in a directional manner and the location of the slices within each thymus was tracked. Slices were cultured in 6-well plates to allow tracking of each slice. Slicing was conducted as shown in Fig. 5 A.
[00518] For each thymus in the study, slices were dedicated for analysis at each of the following time points, baseline (day 0), day 5, day 9, day 12 and day 21.
[00519] Between 5 - 11 slices were cultured at each time point for each thymus. Slices were cultured per the methods described above with daily media changes. Slices were submitted for H&E staining in the pathology lab and analyzed for identity, potency and viability. All slices in this study met the release acceptance criteria for histology testing as designated above, namely: areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout tissue on days 5-9, at least 1 Hassall body identified, CK14 staining scattered throughout tissue, and intact nuclei observed.
[00520] In addition to assessment of whether each slice met the release acceptance criteria, a more detailed review of each H&E and AE1/AE3 slide was made by the pathologist. Images of some of these slides for cultured thymus tissue lot MFG-056 are shown in Figs. 6A-H. The following observations were noted.
[00521] All slices derived from the same donor thymus met the acceptance criteria at each time point. In different slices, areas of cortex resemble each other and areas of medulla resemble each other. However, variations were observed in the relative proportion of cortex and medulla between slices.
[00522] The differences observed between different slices derived from the same thymus as a function of culture time were primarily related to the amount of necrosis, primarily of thymocytes (which increased as culture time increased) and the numbers of residual thymocytes (which decreased as culture time increased).
[00523] Based on these observations, any one slice from a thymus w'as representative of the entire thymus. In addition, the histologic appearance of the tissue slices at day 5 reflects what is observed at each of the later time points (day 9, 12 and 21).
[00524] Example 2: Whole thymus time-course study.
[00525] For this study, five thymuses were sliced and cultured per SOP. On the day of slicing, the first, middle and last slices were prepared for immunohistochemistry. The remainder of each thymus was sliced and cultured in 6-well plates. Each thymus was designated for one of the following time points: baseline (day 0), day 5, day 9, day 12 and day 21. See Fig. 7 for a day 0 thymus slice, Fig. 8 for a day 5 slice, Fig 9 for a day 12 slice, and Fig. 10 for a day 21 slice.
[00526] The total number of slices from each thymus ranged from 21 to 62 slices. Slices were cultured per the procedures outlined above with daily media changes. Slices were submitted for H&E staining in the pathology lab and analyzed for identity, potency and viability. All slices in this study met the release acceptance criteria for histology testing, namely: areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scatered throughout tissue on days 5-9; at least 1 Hassall body identified; CK14 staining scattered throughout tissue; and intact nuclei observed.
[00527] In addition to assessment of whether each slice met the release acceptance criteria, a more detailed review of each H&E and AE1/AE3 slide was made by the pathologist. The following observations were noted.
[00528] All slices derived from the same donor thymus and tested at the same time point similarly met the acceptance criteria for that time point with variations in the relative amounts of cortex and medulla, residual thymocytes and/or necrosis, as described above.
[00529] Differences noted were the relative size, shape, relative content of thymus cortex versus medulla, amount of necrosis, condensation of the thymus epithelium and numbers of residual thymocytes.
[00530] In addition, lots from different donors tested at different time points were also qualitatively similar to each other. Differences observed were related to the amount of necrosis (which increased as culture time increased) and numbers of residual thymocytes (which decreased as culture time increased).
[00531] Histologic examination of any one slice resulted in the same conclusion regarding acceptability of the entire lot. Based on these observations, the relevant characteristics of any one slice from a thymus reflect those of the entire thymus. In addi tion, the histologic appearance of the tissue slices at day 5 reflects what is observed at each of the later time points (day 9, 12 and 21), although more necrosis is observed at later time points. Fig. 11 is a good example showing the similarity of the epithelial network as assessed by antibody AE1/AE3 from day 0 to day 21.
[00532] Example 3: Thymus tissue forced degradation study.
[00533] In this study, thymus tissue slices were treated to generate tissue slices that were considered degraded or non-viable. Three thymuses were used for these experiments. Control samples were taken from each thymus. The treatment conditions presented in Table 7 were tested.
Table 7: Forced Degradation Treatment Conditions
Figure imgf000110_0001
[00534] Heat shock was accomplished by placing the 10 cm culture dish containing the slices into a Ziploc bag, and placing into a 55°C water bath. The plate rested on a support and was not submerged. Freeze/thaw was accomplished by placing the 10 cm culture dish into a -
20°C freezer for 4 hours followed by thawing at ambient. [00535] Samples were tested for histology on days 5 and 9 in culture. Some samples were also tested on day 21. All slices in this study met the release acceptance criteria for histology testing namely: areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout tissue on days 5-9; at least 1 Hassall body identified; CK14 staining scattered throughout tissue; and intact nuclei observed.
[00536] In addition to assessment of whether each slice met the release acceptance criteria, a more detailed review of each slide was made by the pathologist. The following observations were noted.
[00537] Samples exposed to freeze/thaw or to 10X PBS showed the most necrosis but some ceils still appeared intact and met the histologic criteria for viability. See Fig.12 for an example of exposure to I OX PBS.
[00538] Slices that were held at room temperature, dehydrated, incubated in normal saline or 1% DMSO or underwent heat shock showed a lesser degree of histologic changes.
[00539] For control samples, the following observations were noted by the pathologist.
[00540] Thymocytes are progressively lost as thymus tissue is cultured. However, dead cells may persist in cultured thymus long-term due to inability to recruit phagocytes to clear them. The nuclei of cells undergoing apoptotic cell death initially condense and stain more darkly (blue) with hematoxylin dye. As these ceils deplete their energy but are not phagocytosed, they lose their membrane integrity and become necrotic. Karyolysis (dissolution of nuclei in necrotic cells) typically occurs within 2-3 days in vivo, but appears to occur more slowly during thymus culture. Thus, it is not unusual to see large eosinophilic (pink) expanses of necrotic cell debris where thymocyte nuclei have undergone karyolysis. Some dead thymocytes retain their nuclei, which have ragged edges and altered staining characteristics compared to those of viable cells. [00541] As thymocytes are depleted from the tissue, the thymic epithelial cells become more visible. The three-dimensional thymic epithelial (TE) network is normally demonstrated in sections via a light and lacy arrangement of connected epithelial cells and/or (seemingly) scattered TE ceils whose connections are not evident in the section being examined. As thymocytes are lost during culture, the three-dimensional network contracts. This results in condensation of the residual epithelium, such that the subcapsular cortical epithelial layer becomes thicker and medullary TE ceils become more tightly packed. The nuclei of viable TE cells are typically oval, l arger than those of thymocytes, and have a sharply defined nuclear membrane outlined by the hematoxylin (blue) stain, as well as one or more nucleoli. These TE nuclei typically look“open”, meaning they do not stain darkly with hematoxylin. This fits with an interpretation that they are alive and metabolically active, since active chromatin (“euchromatin”) cannot bind the hematoxylin dye. The presence of nucleoli , which are the sites of ribosome synthesis, in many TE cells further confirms that they are alive and metabolically active. The typical histologic appearance of control sections from days 5, 12 and 21 is shown Figs. 8, 9 and 10, respectively.
[00542] For the treatment conditions including room temperature, dehydration, 1% DMSQ and heat shock the pathologist indicated that the appearance of the slices did not differ significantly from those of the control. For the heat shocked sample, the pathologist noted that the heat treatment may have“fixed” the ceils, by coagulating proteins that prevent further degradation. Heat treatment has been used as a fixative for ti ssues, including thymus.
[00543] Fig. 12A and 12B depict the histology of thymus tissue slides after exposure to forced degradation conditions. Fig. 10 depicts the histologic appearance of control thymus tissue slices at day 21. [00544] The general histologic appearance of the forced degradation tissue is similar at these time points, but with fewer residual thymocytes at day 21 (Tig, 12B) Representative Hassall bodies in medullary areas are indicated by arrow heads in Fig. 12B. Representative viable- appearing thymic epithelial cells are indicated by arrows in Fig. 12A and 12B. The cortical area shown in Fig. 12B consists almost entirely of necrotic lymphocytes day 21. The bars at the lower left represent 100 pm.
[00545] Example 4: Thymus Tissue Drug Substance Batch Analysis
[00546] Batch analysis data for 10 lots of thymus tissue are shown in Table 8 below.
Table 8
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
00547] Key:
(a) These lots were tested according to the specification that was in place at the time of manufacture. The drug substance testing results presented in this table also represents the final drug product testing results.
(b) The appearance specification was no evidence of tampering or damage to
containers.
(e) The histology assay was used for both identity and potency The histology
specification (tested between days 5-9) was the following:
(d) Areas positive for keratin scattered throughout the tissue.
i. At least 1 Hassall body identified
ii. CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue
iii. Intact nuclei observed iv. Sterility and mycoplasma samples were collected on days 1, 7 and 14.
[00548] Data for 56 clinical thymuses, 8 thymuses used for intra-thymus variability, inter thymus variability and time-course testing, and 3 thymuses that had undergone forced degradation were used to generate the current control library. The forced degradation samples in the library (negative controls) were the ones that had undergone degradation by exposure to freeze/thaw or to 1 OX PBS. The full data set resulted in 14 different clusters. All forced degradation samples clustered together and no clinical samples or characterization samples clustered with the forced degradation samples.
[00549] Example 5.
[00550] The overall experimental design of Example 5 is depicted in Fig. 20. A schematic representation of surgical procedures and treatment schedule is presented. The figures and much of the text below come from a manuscript in preparation for submission for
publication: Kwun J, Li J, Rouse DC, Park I, Farris AB, Turek JW, Knechtle SJ, Kirk AD, Markert ML Cultured Thymus Transplantation Promotes Donor-specific Tolerance to Allogeneic Heart Transplants.
[00551] The schematic presentation of the experimental design depicts naive T cell reconstitution, thymopoiesis, and donor-specific tolerance induced by the surgical insertion of CTT. All Lewis (LW) rats were thymectomized and T ceil depleted via anti-CD5 mAb prior to heart transplantation and surgical insertion of a CTT. CTT from FI (LWxDA) rats and hearts from DA rats were transplanted into thymectomized LW recipients. Cyclosporine (CsA) was given for four months after transplantation via osmotic pump. The third-party BN heart was transplanted into the neck 2 to 3 months after CsA discontinuation. Control rats experienced identical procedures except they did not receive a surgical insertion of CTT [00552] Example 5 demonstrates that CTT implanted in an immunoineompetent rat model, as described below, can induce tolerance to a transplanted solid organ. We performed haplo- matched F I (Lewis x Dark Agouti, LWxDA) a transplant of CTT (cultured as described below) with vascularized mismatched DA heart transplants into Lewis rats
[00553] Prior to the transplant of CTT, recipients were thymectomized and Ϊ cell depleted.
[00554] Cyclosporine was administered for 4 months starting on the day of heart transplantation. The control group did not receive a transplant of CTT TWO months after discontinuation of immunosuppression, recipi ents transplanted with CTT showed
repopulation of naive CD4 (CD62L+CD45RC+) T ceils in the peripheral blood; control rats had none (Fig. 23) Even after developing recent thymic emigrant CD4 (CD90+CD45RC+) T cells, recipients transplanted with CTT did not reject the DA cardiac allografts (Fig. 23). Controls did not reject the DA grafts, due to lack of functional T cells (Fig. 23)
[00555] To confirm donor-specific unresponsiveness, an MHC-mismatched Brown Norway (BN) heart was transplanted on day 180 after the initial mismatched DA heart transplant LW rats with FI (LWxDA) transplants of CTT rapidly rejected the third-party BN heart (mean time of rejection, lOd; n=5) (Fig. 27). Control s did not reject the third-party heart (n=5). Recipients of CTT w'ere able to produce antibody against third party BN donor but not against the DA thymus donor demonstrating humoral donor-specific tolerance (Fig. 32A). Immunohistochemistry of the transplanted CTTs at necropsy showed functional thymus tissue (Fig. 24). Taken together, FI (LWxDA) CTTT given to Lewis rats resulted in specific tolerance to the allogeneic DA MHC expressed in the donor thymus with resulting long-term survival of DA heart transplants after withdrawal of all immunosuppression.
[00556] Materials and methods.
Animal Models [00557] In this Example 5, allogeneic CTT was harvested and cultured from 3 -day old FI (Lewis X Dark Agouti ray pups (Figs 17A and 17B), as described below, and then implanted into thymectomized Lewis (RT-11) recipient rats in a manner comparable to the treatment of human infants with athymic cDGA, as described previously (Markert, ML, et al., 2008; Market, ML, et a!., 2010).
[00558] Lewis (RT-11) and BN (RT-ln) rats were purchased from Charles River. DA (RT- lavl) rats were purchased from Envigo. FlfLEW/'DA; RT-ll/avl) were bred by protocol staff at the Duke Breeding Core Division of Laboratory Animal Resources facility. Lewis recipients received thymectomies as described in Rendell VR, Giamberardino C, Li J, Markert ML, & Brennan TV, 2014,“Complete thymectomy in adult rats with non-invasive endotracheal intubation.” J Vis Exp (94).
[00559] Briefly, the submandibular glands and sternohyoid muscle were separated with blunt forceps to expose the tissue overlying the trachea. A 1- to 1 5-cm incision was made in the sternal manubrium. A 7 cm alms-type retractor was used to retract the manubrium and the two halves of the sternohyoid muscles to expose the thymus. The thymus was grasped with blunt forceps and extracted. The cut ends of the sternum were closed with a single 3 to 4-0 silk suture. TWO drops of 2.5mg/ml bupivacaine were applied on the incision and the outer layer of skin was closed with three or four 9-mm wound clips.
[00560] All thymectomized rats were maintained on a diet containing Septra (PMI Nutrition International, LLC). To induce T cell depletion in vivo, ling anti-CD5 mAb (OX19, BioXCei!, NH) was intraperitoneally administered on days 0, 5, and 10 after thymectomy and suppression with 0.25 mg/kg/d cyclosporine pump was given from day 0 (heart transplant & CTTT time point) to 4 months with respect to heart transplantation. All rats were used and maintained in accordance with the guidelines and compliance of the Duke Institutional Animal Research Ethics Committee.
In vitro thymus culture and CTT
[00561] Thymuses from three day’s old neonatal FI (LEW/DA) rat pups were harvested sterilely, cut into four pieces along the longitude natural seam, and transferred onto sterile nitrocellulose filters (MF-MiJlipore, Millipore Sigma) in a tissue culture dish with TOM medium (Fig. 17B). Thymus tissue was cultured in a C02 incubator with 5% CO2 at 37° C for the desired l ength of time (5 to 7 days). The medium was changed daily. The thymus organ medium (TOM) was composed of HAMS F12 (Life Technologies) at 86.5%, Hepes (Life Technologies) at 25mM; L-Glutamine Life Technologies) at 2mM; Fetal Bovine Serum (Life Technologies) at 10%; and Pen-strep (Life Technologies) at lx. On the day of
transplantation, the thymus pieces were rinsed with fresh medium and transplanted under the kidney capsule of a Lewis rat with one secure suture (10-0 monofilament). See Fig. 17C. All manipulations took place under sterile conditions in a biological safety cabinet.
Abdominal and cervical heart transplantations
[00562] Full l 1C mismatched DA (RT-lavl) donor hearts were transplanted into thymectomized Lewis (RT-fl) recipients. Abdominal heart transplantation was performed using a modified technique of the methods described by Schmid C, Binder J, Heemann U, & Tilney NL, 1994,” Successful heterotopic heart transplantation in rat,” Microsurgery
15(4);279-281.
[00563] Briefly, the donor heart was transplanted into the abdominal cavity of the recipient after a short period of cold ischemia in Euro-Collins solution. The donor pulmonary artery and aorta were anastomosed to the recipient inferior vena cava and descending aorta with an end-side fashion as the inflow and outflow vessels for circulation, using running 9/0 non- absorbable monofilament sutures. Cyclosporine A (CsA) was given via the osmotic pump (Model 2ML4, Alzet) The recipients also received cyclosporine (CsA), approximately 2.5 mg/kg/day after thymus transplantation using osmotic pumps. CsA was discontinued 4 months after thymus transplantation when the test group had naive T cells over 10%. The pump was loaded sterilely and surgically inserted subcutaneously to mid-dorsal area of recipients. The osmotic pump was replaced every month for 4 months. For full MHC mismatched BN (RT-ln) third-party heart transplantation to the DA heart bearing Lewis recipients the cervical vascularized heart transplantation method described by Heron, et al. (Heron I, 1971,“A technique for accessory cervical heart transplantation in rabbits and rats,” Acta Pathol Microbiol SccmdA 79(4):366-372) was used in modified fashion.
[00564] At 6 to 7 months, the 3rd party BN heart was transplanted in the neck. Briefly, the third-party heart was transplanted into the right side of cervical area via a longitudinal incision from submaxilla to the xiphoid. The donor pulmonary artery and external jugular vein were anastomosed end to end and the aorta tvas anastomosed to the right common carotid artery by cuffing technique. The grafts were monitored by daily palpation and later confirmed by laparotomy at the time of sacrifice. Animals were sacrificed on the day of rejection (cessation of beating) or a designated time point.
Flow cytometric analysis and monitoring DSA
[00565] Peripheral blood was obtained from the cranial vena cava and stained with antibodies. To analyze naive and recent thymic emigrants, we used the combination of anti- Rat CD3 APC (BD Biosciences), anti-Rat CD4 APC~Cy7 (Biolegend); anti-Rat CD8a V450 (BD); anti-Rat CD45 PE-Cy7 (BD); anti-Rat CD45RC - PE (BD); anti-Rat CD62L FITC (BD); and anti-Rat CD90 BY 510 (Biolegend). To assess percentages of T, B, and NK cells, we used the combination of anti-Rat TCR FITC (BD); anti-Rat CD4 APC-Cy7 (Biolegend); anti-Rat CD 8a V450 (BD); anti -Rat CD45 FE-Cy7 (BD); anti-Rat CD45RA PE (Invitrogen); anti -Rat NKR-P1 A-APC (Invitrogen). For host vs donor discrimination, we used the combination of anti-Rat TCR APC (Biolegend), anti-Rat CD45 PE-Cy7 (BD); MHC Class I RTlAa (Santa Cruz Biotechnology). We also used a secondary goat anti-mouse IgG
(Invitrogen) for the non-conjugated MHC Class I RTlAa Donor-specific alloantibody (DSA) was assessed by flow cross-match from serially collected recipient serum samples with DA donor or BN third party rats. FITC-conjugated pan-rat immunoglobulin antibody was added to the samples and incubated after washing. The T cells were stained with APC-conj ugated anti-CD3. Samples were analyzed on a LSR fortessa (Beckman Coulter)
Necropsy
[00566] The thymus graft and all hearts were evaluated at necroscopy 8 months after CTTT when the test group rejected the cervical BN heart. As predicted, recipient-derived T cells, not expressing DA MHC, appeared in the peripheral blood of thymus transplant recipients (Fig. 21).
Histology, Immunohistockemistry (1HC), and morphological analysis
[00567] All cultured thymus and CTTT samples from under the kidney capsule were frozen in OCT (Optimal Cutting Compound; Tissue Tek). Control thymus tissue was obtained from newborn to 5-day-old rat pups. Four to five mm sections were stained for CD3 (polyclonal; Dako), Ki-67 (clone: SP6; Thermo), CK, (polyclonal; Invitrogen). IHC images were obtained using an Olympus Vanox AH-3 Microscope of the Olympus DP-70 Digital Camera System. The explanted hearts underwent serial sectioning (5 pm) from the midventricular level to the base. H&E stains were performed for routine examination and grading of rejection. Graft infiltrating T cells were evaluated with polyclonal anti-CD3 (Dako) staining. Whole slides of grafts were scanned with an Aperio ScanScope XT (Aperio Technologies, Inc., Vista, CA). Statistical Analysis
[00568] Experimental results were analyzed by a GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software 7 0, San Diego, CA). The log-rank test for differences in graft survival and student t-test or Mann- Whitney U test were used for other data. All the data were presented as mean ± SD. Values of p which were less than 0.05 were considered as statistically significant.
[00569] Results
[00570] Histologic analysis (Figs. 18C and 18D (lOOx magnification) and Figs. 19C and 19D (600 x magnification) showed reduced Ki67+, CD3+ cells in the thymus after culturing, similar to the changes seen after culturing of thymus tissue used for patients (Markert ML, et ai, 2008),“Use of allograft biopsies to assess thymopoiesis after thymus transplantation/’ J Immunol 180(9).6354-6364). As in cultured human thymus, the network of thymic epithelial cells (TEC) was preserved in the rat cultured thymus tissue based on cytokeratin (CK) staining (Fig. 18B (lOOx magnification) and Fig. 19B (600 x magnification). [00571] As predicted, recipient-derived T cells, not expressing DA MHC, appeared in the peripheral blood of thymus transplant recipients (Fig. 21) After transplantation of CTT, increasingly repopulating recipient-type T cells are seen in the lower right quadrant of Fig. 21 at days 26, 55, 97 and 253.
Immimohistochemical analysis of engrafted allogeneic thymic tissue.
[00572] Circulating T ceil repopulation after T cell depletion and thymus and heart transplantation are depicted in Fig. 23. All animals showed dramatic reduction of circulating T cells after T cell depletion. Cardiac allograft recipients with a CTT insertion (blue/dashed line) showed gradual repopulation of circulating T cells. Animals without a CTT insertion also showed some degree of circulating T cells (red/dotted line). However, naive and recent thymic emigrants CD4 and CDS T cells were significantly increased (p<0.01) in animals with a CTT insertion while control animals showed no circulating naive nor RTE CD4 and CD8 T cell.
[00573] Transplanted thymus expl anted at 8.5 month after transplantation showed positive cytokeratin staining (Fig. 22A) as well as T cell staining similar to native thymus (Fig. 22B). Original magnification x4Q0.
[00574] Animals with insertion of CTT showed significantly increased repopulation of naive (CD62L+CD45RC+) CD4 and CDS T cells as well as recent thymic emigrant (RTE) T cells in the peripheral blood while control groups without thymus transplantation showed low' level of circulating naive CD4 and CDS T cells and did not show circulating RTE CD4 and CD 8 T ceils (Fig. 23). Total circulating CD3 T cell numbers were not significantly different in between groups prior to transplantation. As expected, LW recipients with a CTT transplant showed significantly increased numbers of circulating CD4 and CDS T cells compared to control animals without transplantation of CTT (Fig 23). [00575] Engrafted cultured thymus tissues under the renal capsule on day 180 in a recipient of cardiac allograft recipients is depicted in Fig 24.
[00576] Histology showed distinct structures separate from renal tissue (Original magnification, x20). Engrafted cultured thymus tissue showed a normal thymus structure (H&E), viable Ϊ cells (CD3), T cell proliferation (Ki67), and Hassall body formation (Black arrow) with a lacy pattern (Cytokeratin) on epithelial cells, confirming the viability of thymus with thymopoiesis (Fig. 24B). Original Magnification, x 200. (Data are presented as means ± SD; n= 8-9 animals per group, students t-test, *P<0.05, **P< 0.01 ; ***P<0.00l,
****P<0 0Q0l; NS, not significant (p>0.05).
[00577] In addition, immunohistologic analysis of transplanted CTT explanted on day 180 showed normal thymus histology, viable T cells (CDS), T cell proliferation (Ki67), and a lacy pattern of CK with Hassall body formation (arrow) on TECs from the surgical insertion of CTT (Fig. 24B) These observations confirm the vi bility and function (thymopoiesis) of the transplanted thymus in the animals receiving allogeneic heart transplantation.
[00578] Taken together, rats transplanted with CTT demonstrated thymopoiesis with naive T cell development in cardiac allograft recipients.
[00579] It was expected that T cells reactive to the DA donor would not develop since the T ceils developed in CTT expressing DA as well as LW.
[00580] The DA heart was evaluated for evidence of rejection. Fig. 25 shows LW rats with DA heart transplants and without any immunosuppressive treatment rejected the DA heart grafts within 10 days (the DA control, open squares). However, even after developing RTE (CD90+CD45RC~) T cells, LW recipients with surgically inserted CTT did not reject (no cessation of beating) the DA cardiac allografts (n=8, filled triangles). Unexpectedly, LW control animals without a CTT insertion also did not reject the DA cardiac graft (n=9, upside down filled triangles). Both groups showed good beating quality for the entire study period (day 180) Since continuous graft beating does not necessarily imply absence of rejection, two recipient rats were sacrificed two months after cessation of immunosuppression (/.<?., prior to 3rd party BN cervical heart transplantation) to confirm that there was no rejection.
The explanted cardiac allografts (DA hearts) from both animals showed minimal
mononuclear cell infiltration (Fig. 26 A, with CTT insertion; and Fig. 26B, without CTT insertion), with no signs of rejection by 2004 International Society for Heart &Lung
Transplantation (ISHLT) grading Fig 26C.
[00581] A Ka.pl an -Meier survival curve (Fig. 25) showed significantly prolonged graft survival from animals with or without CTT and syngeneic controls (LW heart into LW rat) as compared to LW rats with DA heart transplants without any immunosuppression (DA control). Representative scanned images of explanted graft at day 180 from animals with and without CTT are shown in Figs 26A and 26B. The images wore adapted from whole slide scan.
[00582] The ISHLT grading showed no difference in rejection grading between cardiac allografts from recipients with CTT vs without CTT (n = 3-4 per group) (Fig 26C). Mann- Whiney U test, *P<0.05; NS, not significant (p>0.()5).
[00583] Based on the reconstitution of naive T cells after CTTT, we believe that animals with CTT lost their donor-reactive T cell repertoire while animals without thymus transplantation did not fully reconstitute their T cell populations (general hypo- responsiveness).
Alloreactivity against third-party vascularized heart transplantation
[00584] To confirm that donor-specific unresponsiveness (tolerance) was achieved as opposed to general hypo-responsiveness, additional fully MHC mismatched BN heart transplantation was performed in both groups of animals at 6 to 7 months (day 180 to 210) after DA heart transplantation.
[00585] LW rats with CTT inserted (solid triangles. Fig. 27) rapidly rejected (cessation of graft beating) the third-party BN heart (n=5, median survival time (MST) =TQ±1.0 days). However, the control LW animals without CTT inserted did not reject the third-party hearts (n=6, MST<38.5±8.9 days), possibly due to the lack of any alforeactive T cells.
[00586] In accordance with this lack of rejection of the third party heart, histological analysis confirmed that animals with CTT inserted (upside down filled triangles, Fig.27) showed increased mononuclear cell infiltration in the heart allograft (Fig 28A), while animals without CTT inserted showed a pristine BN heart allograft (Fig. 28B). Recipients with CTT rejected the BN heart rapidly (MST=10±1.0 days) (filled squares, Fig. 29), while recipients without CTT did not reject the third-party BN hearts (dashed triangles, Fig. 29). The BN control (filled circles, Fig 29) shows rejection of BN hearts by LW rats. The syngeneic control (open circles, Fig. 29) show's lack of rejection of LW hearts by LW rats. Kaplan-Meier survival curve (Fig. 27) showed significant differences in the graft survival. Representative scanned images of explained BN heart graft at the time of rejection or 46 days post-transplantation are shown in Figs. 28A and 28B, respectively. BN heart grafts from animals with CTT inserted showed severe mononuclear cell infiltration (Fig. 28A), while BN heart grafts from animals without CTT inserted showed no sign of rejection (Fig. 28B). Images were adapted from whole slide scan.
[00587] Histological analysis (!Si !LT grading) of explanted BN hearts from rats with CTT inserted (filled squares, Fig. 29) showed grade 3R rejection with significantly increased inflammatory cell infiltration compared to syngeneic controls or rats without CTT inserted (shaded triangles, Fig. 29). ISHLT grading showed significantly higher rejection grading from BN hearts from animals with CTT compared to BN hearts from animals without CTT (n
= 3-5 per group) Mann-Whiney U test, *P<0.05; **P<0.0l ; NS, not significant (p>0.05).
[00588] It is also notable that the cervical BN hearts in the recipients with CTT inserted were greatly enlarged (Fig. 30 A), while the abdominal DA hearts were smaller than the native hearts (Fig. 30A). BN hearts from recipients without CTT inserted did not show any increase in size (Fig. 3 OB) compared to BN hearts from recipients with CTT.
Selective T cell infiltration in the third-party hearts hut not in the DA hearts that shared the DA MHC of the CTT.
[00589] Two conventional ways were used to define graft rejection in this rat heart transplantation model: heart beating/cessation measurements and the ISHLT human grading system. The former is insensitive with respect to low-grade rejection, while the latter is insensitive with respect to high-grade rejection. As a result, inflammatory cell infiltration was measured in DA hearts from 3 rats at day 180 and in BN hearts at the time of sacrifice at 7 to 8 months in 5 rats. Inflammatory cell infiltration was therefore measured in DA hearts from 3 rats at day 180 and in BN hearts at the time of sacrifice at 7 to 8 months in 5 rats.
[00590] Rats that were treated with T cell depletion, surgical insertion of CTT, and CsA administered for four months, did not show an increased level of inflammatory' cell infiltration in the DA hearts after T cell repopulation (Fig. 31 A). DA control grafts (in LW rats with no immunosuppression) showed a significantly increased graft infiltration of immune cells in the DA heart compared to the infiltration of immune cells in DA hearts in rats with CTT or without CTT. Animals inserted with CTT showed massive inflammatory cell infiltration in the third-party cardiac allograft (BN heart) (Fig. 3 IB). The BN control grafts (in LW rats with no immunosuppression) and BN grafts from recipients with CTT showed significantly elevated inflammatory cell infiltration compared to those in BN grafts from animals without CTT. Rats not inserted with CTT showed no infiltrates in the BN heart
(Fig. 3 I B) shaded triangles) because of their immunoincompetence.
[00591] T cell infiltration was evaluated with immunohistochemistry and confirmed a selective T cell infiltration in the BN (right hand panels, Fig. 31C), but not DA (middle panels, FigJ IC) hearts of the animals inserted with CTT and a lack of T cell infiltration in both hearts of animals without CTT inserted (Fig. 3 ID). Heart allografts from DA and BN rats were harvested with native heart at the time of BN heart rejection. Grossly, native heart and DA heart (POD 196) did not show dramatic increase of T cells, while BN heart (POD14) showed a massive amount of T cells in recipients with CTT inserted. Images were adapted from whole slide scan. Total 3-5 animals per group were analyzed; student’s t-test, *P<0.05; **P< 0.01; ***P<0.001, ****P<0.0001; NS, not significant (p>0.05).
[00592] These data confirm that for the group receiving CTT the T cell infiltration occurs only in the third-party BN graft, but not in the graft sharing MHC (DA) with the transplanted thymus, possibly due to lack of T cell repertoire (by negative selection) against (DA heart) donor antigens.
Humoral response against donor antigens after thymus transplantation
[00593] Anti-donor antibody responses were evaluated to determine whether the allogeneic T cell unresponsiveness noted in thymectomized LW rats followed by LWxDA transplants and the surgical insertion of CTT, was associated with humoral tolerance against donor DA MHC. Serially collected recipient serum samples were collected and flow cross-match with PBMCs from DA and BN rats was performed. Animals that received DA or BN heart transplants without immunosuppression developed antibody against their donors (DA or BN, respectively). Animals with a syngeneic cardiac allograft did not produce antibody against either DA or BN MHC, as reported in Fig. 32A (horizontal shaded peaks in the left hand column, on top for DA, and on the bottom for BN). Representative histogram plots for post transplant donor-specific alloantibody (anti -DA and anti-BN antibodies) measured by T cell flow cross-match are shown in Fig. 32A. Recipients with or without CTT did not generate any antibodies against DA antigen (the top row, middle and right hand columns in Fig. 32A), while animals with CTT w'ere able to generate antibody against BN antigen (lower row, middle panel, Fig. 32 A). Serum samples from recipients of DA heart transplantation without immunosuppression and from LW recipients of BN heart transplantation without
immunosuppression were used as positive controls (DA control and BN control) for anti -DA (top row, left panel, bold line or anti-BN antibody (bottom row, left panel, dashed line), respectively.
[00594] Interestingly, similar to T cell hypo-responsiveness, no anti-DA Ab was detected in animal s with or without CTTT (Fig 32B). Anti-BN Ab was readily detected in animals with LWxDA with CTT inserted, but not in animals without CTT inserted, p<0.01 (Fig 32C). The animals without CTT w?ere generally immunodeficient. The animals with CTT had specific tolerance to DA.
[00595] Taken together, thymus co-transplantation resulted in specific tolerance to the allogeneic DA MHC expressed in the donor thymus, and thus long-term survival of the DA heart transplant via preventing development of both the donor-specific anti-DA T cell repertoire as well as preventing the donor (DA)-specific humoral response.
Irnmunocompetenee was demonstrated in these rats by the rapid rejection of third-party BN hearts as well as alloantibody response against BN donor cells.
[00596] Further support for the treatment described above may be deduced from a clinical experience with a DiGeorge anomaly patient. [00597] Patient 1 is a child born with complete DiGeorge anomaly. He had no T cells at birth. A major problem for Patient 1 was profound hypoparathyroidism leading to many hospitalizations for hypocalcemia. Patient 1 was given both a cultured thymus tissue transplant (CTT) and a parental parathyroid gland transplant on the same day. There were three other patients given thymus plus parental parathyroid in a small clinical trial. Patient 1 received the two transplants at 4 months of life. Although Patient 1 had no T ceils, Patient 1 was given RATGAM for immunosuppression prior to transplantation per protocol. No other immunosuppression was given. Patient 1 developed naive T cells and normal proliferative T cell responses to mitogens. Ail four patients who received both thymus and parathyroid in the trial developed normal parathyroid hormone levels. Patient 1 was the only subject who was able to come off calcium supplementation long term (10 years). Of the three other Patients, one died prior to one year from pulmonary problems, and the other two with complete DiGeorge anomaly had to return to calcium supplementation by approximately one year. Patient 1 was the only subject who had a negative mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) against the parental parathyroid donor at all time points. The other three subjects had positive MLRs starting with their first assay.
[00598] The possible explanation for Patient 1 maintaining parathyroid function is that the parathyroid donor of Patient 1 had HLA-Class II alleles that matched either the recipient Class II alleles (light gray shading in graph below) or the thymus donor Class II alleles (dark gray shading in chart below).
[00599] The stem cells in Patient 1 developed into thymocytes in the thymus gland.
[00600] Dentritic cells from Patient 1 migrate to the thymus and delete T cells that bind tightly to the MHC on patient 1 DCs. There is tolerance to the alleles in light gray shading.
See Table 9. [00601] The thymus donor thymic epithelial cells also delete thymocytes that bound tightly to them (dark gray shading). This is the mechanism of tolerance toward the alleles in dark gray.
Table 9
Figure imgf000130_0002
[00602] Of note, one can see that there is one HLA-B and one HLA-C allele in the parathyroid donor that were not matched to the recipient nor to the thymus donor. We did not understand why the parathyroid gland was not rejected. However, after 10 years passed, the child was given a live measles/mumps/rubella vaccine. The parathyroid function was destroyed within two weeks and Patient 1 returned to calcium supplementation
[00603] We conclude that the live vaccine activated the CDS T cells in Patient 1. One third of CDS T cells have inherent alloreactivity. The alloreaetive CDS T cells would have reacted against the mismatched HLA-B and C alleles in the parathyroid donor (large bold HLA-B and HLA-C alleles in table).
[00604] With the data from this patient, it is clear that matching for both Class and
Figure imgf000130_0001
Class are needed to induce long term tolerance. In addition, one can see from the 2nd field mismatches (bold italics) in DRB1 and DPB1 between the parathyroid donor and the thymus donor, that 2nd field mismatches can be permissive and allow tolerance to form. In particular these 2lid field mismatches did not lead to failure of graft function; they were permissive.
This child is thriving with good T cell numbers and function and normal immunoglobulin levels. Patient 1, however, remains on calcium, as the parental parathyroid gland was rejected.
[00605] The foregoing embodiments and advantages are merely exemplary and are not to be construed as limiting the present invention. The present teachings can be readily applied to other types of apparatuses, experiments and surgical procedures. Also, the description of the embodiments of the present invention is intended to be illustrative and not to limit the scope of the claims. Many alternatives, modifications, and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
[00606] It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of the following claim s.
[00607] References discussed in the application, which are incorporated by reference in their entirety, for their intended purpose, which is clear based upon its context.
[00608] All patents, patent applications and publications cited herein are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entirety. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application
[00609] The disclosures of each and every patent, patent application, publication, and accession number cited herein are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[00610] While present disclosure has been disclosed with reference to various embodiments, it is apparent that other embodiments and variations of these may be devised by others skilled in the art without departing from the true spirit and scope of the disclosure. The appended claims are intended to be construed to include all such embodiments and equivalent variations. [00611] The foregoing written specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the embodiments. The foregoing description and Examples detail certain embodiments and describes the best mode contemplated by the inventors. It will be appreciated, however, that no matter how detailed the foregoing may appear in text, the embodiment may be practiced in many ways and should be construed in accordance with the appended claims and any equivalents thereof.
[00612] References
[00613] Ahonen, P., 1985,“Autoimmune polyendocrinopathy - candidosis - ectodermal dystrophy (APECED): autosomal recessive inheritance,” Clinical Genetics, 27: 535- 542Ahonen, P., et al., 1987,“Adrenal and steroidal cell antibodies in patients with autoimmune polyglandular disease type I and risk of adrenocortical and ovarian failure,” J. Clin. Endocrinology and Metabolism, 64: 494-500.
[00614] Ahonen, P., et al., 1987,“Adrenal and steroidal cell antibodies in patients with autoimmune polyglandular disease type I and risk of adrenocortical and ovarian failure,” ./. Clin. Endocrinology and Metabolism, 64: 494-500.
[00615] Ahonen, P., et af, 1988, j. Clin. Endocrinology and Metabolism, 66, 1152-1157.
[00616] Ahonen, P , et al., 1990,“Clinical variation of autoimmune polyendocrinopathy- candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED) in a series of 68 patients,” New Engl J. Med. 322: 1829-1836.
[00617] Arulanantham, K , et ah, 1979,“Evidence for Defective Immunoregulation in the Syndrome of Familial Candidiasis Endocrinopathy,” New Eng. j. Med. 300: 164-168.
[00618] Blizzard, R. M. and Kyle M., 1963,“Studies of the Adrenal Antigens and
Antibodies in Addison’s Disease,” J Clin. Invest. 42: 1653-1660Boehm T, Takahama Y. 2014. Thymic Development and Selection of T Lymphocytes Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag. [00619] Boehm T, Takahama Y. 2014 Thymic Development and Selection of T Lymphocytes Heidelberg: Springer- Verlag.
[00620] CFR Title 21; 1271 Human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products.
[00621] Chinn I, Devlin B, Li YJ, et ah, 2008.“Long-term tolerance to allogeneic thymus transplants in complete DiGeorge anomaly,” Clin Immunol. 126(3): 277-281.
[00622] Heron I, 1971,“A technique for accessory cervical heart transplantation in rabbits and rats,” Acta Pathol Microbiol ScandA 79(4):366-372.
[00623] Hong R, Schulte- Wissermann H, Jarrett-Toth E, Horowitz SD, Manning DD, “Transplantation of cultured thymic fragments. II. Results in nude mice,” J Exp Med. 149(2): 398-415.
[00624] Li B, Li J, Hsieh CS, Hale LP, Li YJ, Devlin BH, Markert ML. 2009
“Characterization of cultured thymus tissue used for transplantation with emphasis on promiscuous expression of thyroid tissue-specific genes,” 2009, Immunol Res. 2009, 44(1- 3):71-83.
[00625] Li B, Li J, Devlin BH, Markert ML. 2011,“Thymic microenvironment
reconstitution after postnatal human thymus transplantation,” Clin Immunol Sep, 140(3): 244-59
[00626] Krohn, K., et ah, 1992,“Identification by molecular cloning of an autoantigen associated with Addison's disease as steroid 17a-hydroxylase,” Lancet 339:770-773.
[00627] Marker! ML, Kostyu DD, Ward FE, McLaughlin TM, Watson TJ, Buckley RH, Schiff SE, linger! eider RM, Gaynor JW, Oldham KT, Mahaffey SM, Ballow M, Driscoll DA, Hale LP, Haynes BF.“Successful formation of a chimeric human thymus allograft following transplantation of partially HLA-matched postnatal thymus,” 1997, Journal of Immunology,
158:998-1005. [00628] Marker! ML, Boeck A, Hale LP, Kloster AL, McLaughlin TM, Batchvarova MN, et al.,“Transplantation of thymus tissue in complete Di George syndrome,” 1999, N Engl J Med.
341(16): 1 180-9.
[00629] Marker† ML, et al. , 2004,“Postnatal thymus transplantation with
immunosuppression as treatment for DiGeorge syndrome,” Blood 104(8):2574-2581
[00630] Markert ML, Devlin BH, Alexieff MJ, Li J, McCarthy EA, Gupton SE, et al., “Review of 54 patients with complete DiGeorge anomaly enrolled in protocols for thymus transplantation: outcome of 44 consecutive transplants,” 2007, Blood, 109(10): 4539-47.
[00631] Markert ML, et al, 2008),“Use of allograft biopsies to assess thymopoiesis after thymus transplantation.” J Immunol 18G(9):6354-6364.
[00632] Markert ML, Devlin BH, McCarthy EA, 2010,“Thymus transplantation,” Clin Immunol., 135(2): 236-46.
[00633] Markert ML, Devlin BH, McCarthy EA Chapter 84 Thymic reconstitution. 2013.
In: Fleisher TA, Shearer WT, Schroeder HW, Frew AJ, Wey and CM, editors. Clinical Immunology (Fourth Edition). London pp. 1032-8.
[00634] Markert ML. 2014.“Thymus Transplantation,” Stiehm’s Immune Deficiences, eds Sullivan KE & Stiehm ER (Academic Press), 1st Ed, pp 1059-1067
[00635] Markert ML, Watson TJ, Kaplan I, Hale LP, Haynes BF,“The human thymic microenvironment during organ culture,” 1997, Clin Immunol Immunopathol., Jan; 82(1): 26- 36.
[00636] Neufeld, M et al. , 1981,“Two types of autoimmune Addison's disease associated with different polyglandular autoimmune (PGA) syndromes,” Medicine 60: 355-362. [00637] Parker W, Yu PB, Holzknecht ZE, Lundberg K, Buckley RH, Platt JL,“Specificity and function of‘natural’ antibodies in immunodeficient subjects: Clues to B cell lineage and development,” 1997 , J Clin Immunol., 17:311-321.
[00638] Perheentupa J., 2002, Endocrinol Metab. Clin. North Am.. 31 : 295-320Rota IA and Dha!!a F. FOXN1 deficiency nude severe combined immunodeficiency. Orpha et Journal of Rare Diseases. 2017; 12:6.
[00639] Rendell VR, Giamberardino C, Li J, Markert ML, & Brennan TV, 2014,“Complete thymectomy in adult rats with non-invasive endotracheal intubation,” J Vis Exp (94).
[00640] Schmid C, Binder J, Heemann U, & Tilney NL, 1994,” Successful heterotopic heart transplantation in rat,” Microsurgery 15(4):279-281.
[00641] Schoenecker JG, Hauck RK, Mercer MC, Parker W, Lawson J, 2000,“Exposure to topical bovine thrombin during surgery elicits a response against the xenogeneic
carbohydrate galactose a 1-3 Galactose,” J Clin Immunol., 20:434-444.
[00642] Uibo R., et al., 1994,“Autoantibodies to cytochrome P450 enzymes P450scc, P450cl7, and P450c21 in autoimmune polyglandular disease types I and II and in isolated Addison's disease,” J. Clin. Endocrinol Metab. 78: 323-328.
[00643] Zlotogora, J , et al., 1992,“Polyglandular autoimmune syndrome type I among Iranian Jews,” J. Med. Genet , 29, 824-826.
[00644] Abbreviations
[00645] AIRE: autoimmune regulator gene.
[00646] Ab: Antibody.
[00647] Ag: Antigen.
[00648] APC: Antigen Presenting Cell.
[00649] ATG: thymoglobulin. [00650] b.i.d.: twice daily
[00651] BMI: body weight index
[00652] BSA: body surface area.
[00653] BSC: biological safety cabinet.
[00654] cDGA: complete Di George anomaly
[00655] CFR: Code of Federal Regulations.
[00656] CK: cytokeratin.
[00657] CNI: calcineurin inhibitor.
[00658] CTT: allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
[00659] CVVHD/F: continuous veno-venous hemodiafiitration.
[00660] DC: Dendritic Cell.
[00661] DSA: Donor-specific Antibody.
[00662] DGF: Delayed Graft Function
[00663] EBV: Epstein Barr virus.
[00664] EU: endotoxin unit.
[00665] FBS: fetal bovine serum.
[00666] FDA: Food and Drug Administration.
[00667] FSGS: focal segmental glomerulosclerosis.
[00668] H&E: Hematoxylin and Eosin.
[00669] HD: hemodialysis.
[00670] HEPES: N-2 -Hydroxy ethyl peperazine N’ -2-ethane-sulfonic acid.
[00671] Hi: HI - Heat inactivation. [00672] HIP: Intraperitoneal.
[00673] HIV: human immunodeficiency virus
[00674] IBW : ideal body weight
[00675] IDDM: insulin dependent diabetes mellitus.
[00676] ISHLT: International Society for Heart & Lung Transplantation.
[00677] ISO: International Organization for Standardization
[00678] LAL: limulus amebocyte lysate.
[00679] mAb: monoclonal antibody.
[00680] MHC: Major Histocompatibility Complex.
[00681] MST: mean survival time.
[00682] PBMC: peripheral blood mononuclear cells.
[00683] PBS: phosphate buffered saline.
[00684] POD: Post-Operative Day.
[00685] PRA: panel reactive antibodies.
[00686] SL: sublingual.
[00687] TBW : total body weight
[00688] TC: tissue culture.
[00689] Tfh: T follicular helper.
[00690] TOM: thymus organ medium.
[00691] USP: United States Pharmacopeia.

Claims

aims
What is claimed is:
1. A method for promoting donor-specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a deceased donor, in a recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) removal of the thymus of the recipient;
(b) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent to deplete the recipient’s T cells and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ;
(c) providing both a suitable solid human organ and a thymus gland from a deceased donor;
(d) transplanting the solid human organ into the recipient;
(e) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen;
(f) providing an allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, wherein the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is obtained from suitable thymus tissue of the solid organ donor; wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days to produce allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; wherein the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices show areas positive for cytokeratin (CK) (using antibody AE1/AE3) scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei; and
(g) implanting the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product into the recipient after 12 to 21 days of conditioning regimen, wherein the dosage of thymus tissue slices is about 1,000 - 20,000 nun2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the removal of the recipient’s thymus is by surgery.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the removal of the recipient’s thymus is by robotic surgery
4. The method of claim 2, wherein the removal of the recipient’s thymus surgery is by thorascopic surgery.
5. The method of claim 1, further comprising the step of cryopreserving peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the deceased donor for future use in a mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed using peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in accordance with step (g).
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor about 6 to 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient and cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the donor after naive T cells constitute about 10% of total T cells in the recipient.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis in the subject within 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the donor thymus, on the day of harvest,
demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodi es are present, that CK 14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein humoral tolerance is determined by the development of humoral immunity and the absence of donor reactive antibodies toward the MHC of the donor.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises an immunosuppressive agent selected from the group of glucocorticoid, anti-thymocyte globulin (rabbit), anti -thymocyte globulin (equine), and alemtuzimab.
13. The method of clai l, wherein the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises administration of a glucocorticoid.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the glucocOiticoid comprises methylprednisolone sodium succinate.
I j o
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the methylprednisolone sodium succinate is administered intravenously at no greater than 4 mg/kg/day after implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
16. The method of claim 1, wherein the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises administration of a glucocorticoid plus tacrolimus or cyclosporine, and further administering mycophenyiate mofetil, an equivalent of mycophenylate mofetil or azathroprine.
17. The method of claim 1, wherein the solid organ is a portion of a whole organ.
18. The method of claim 1, wherein the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant, a kidney transplant, a liver transplant, a lung transplant, a heart/lung transplant, a pancreas transplant, an intestine transplant, a stomach transplant, an abdominal wall transplant, a craniofacial transplant, a scalp transplant, a penile transplant, a uterus transplant, a unilateral or bilateral upper limb transplant, a unilateral vascularized composite allograft, or combination thereof.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the heart transplant is a pediatric heart transplant.
21. The method of claim 18, wherein the heart transplant is an adult heart transplant.
22. The method of claim 1, further comprising evaluating the recipient for HLA class I or
HLA class II panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) score prior to transplanting the solid organ.
23. The method of claim 1, wherein recipients with HLA antibodies are cross-matched with potential donors.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein recipients with HLA antibodies are virtually cross- matched with U ET.
25. The method of claim 22, wherein if a PRA score of >20% virtual cross-match is recorded, the method will further comprise the step of performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient.
26. The method of claim 22, wherein if a PRA score of >70% virtual cross-match is recorded, the method will further comprise the step of performing an actual prospective donor cross-match and performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient.
27. The method of claim 1, wherein the solid organ is HLA-mismatched.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein HLA-mismatched is determined by typing HLA alleles HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPBL HLA-DPAi in the donor and the recipient.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein HLA-mismatched comprises at least one of HLA alleles HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1 , HLA-DQB1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DPA1 is different between the donor and the recipient.
30. The method of claim 1, wherein a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is surgically implanted into the quadriceps thigh muscle of the recipient.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the remaining portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved in liquid nitrogen for future transplantation into the recipient.
32. The method of claim 1, wherein the conditioning regimen is for a period of about 12 days to about 21 days.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 12 days.
34. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 13 days.
35. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 14 days
36. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 15 days.
37. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 16 days.
38. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 17 days
39. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 18 days.
40. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 19 days.
41. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 20 days.
42. The method of claim 32, wherein the conditioning period if for about 21 days.
43. The method of claim 12, wherein the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises rabbit-derived anti-thymocyte globulin.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the rabbit-derived anti-thymocyte globulin is administered intravenously in a dose of about 1.5 mg/kg/day for about 3 to 7 days..
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the anti -thymocyte globulin is administered daily for 3-14 days at about 15 mg/kg/day by intravenous administration.
46. The method of claim 12, wherein the induction immunosuppressi ve regimen comprises alemtuzumab.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of about 0.25 mg/kg for 4 days intravenously for recipients less than 35 kg in body weight.
48. The method of claim 46, wherein the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of about 3 to 20 mg for 4 days intravenously for recipients more than 35 kg in body weight.
49. The method of claim 1, wherein the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises one or more immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, and inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, or azathioprine.
50. The method of claim 49, wherein the immunosuppressive agent is a ealeineuiin inhibitor.
51. The method of claim 49, wherein the immunosuppressive agent is an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor.
52. The method of claim 51 , wherein the inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor is mycophenolate mofetil.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein the mycophenolate mofetil is administered orally or intravenously.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the mycophenolate mofetil is administered at a dose of about 15 to about 25 mg/kg two to three times per day.
55. The method of claim 49, wherein the inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor is mycophenolic acid.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the mycophenolic acid is administered at a dose of about 25 to about 50 mg/kg in 2 or 3 doses per day.
57. The method of claim 1, wherein the second immunosuppressive regimen further comprises a glucocorticoid is selected from the group consisting of methyl prednisolone, prednisone and prednisolone
58. The method of claim 57, wherein the glucocorticoid is administered in a tapered dosage reduction and the dose is kept at or below 4 mg/kg/day.
59. The method of claim 49, wherein the calcineurin inhibitor is tacrolimus.
60. The method of claim 49, wherein the calcineurin inhibitor is cyclosporine A.
61. The method of claim 1, wherein the administration of the one or more
immunosuppressive agent of the second immunosuppressant regimen is weaned after naive T cells reach 10% of total T cells.
62. The method of claim 1, wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is biopsied at 2 to 12 months post-implantation to assess for evidence of thymopoiesis by immunochemistry.
63. An allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product for implantation into a subject undergoing a solid organ transplant prepared by obtaining suitable thymus tissue from a donor wherein the donor thymus tissue is subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 21 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices, wherein the donor thymus tissue slices show, between days 5 and 9 post-harvest, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei, recovering the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices as allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
64. The allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product of claim 63, wherein the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
65. The allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is maintained in liquid nitrogen and cryopreserved for future use
66. A cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, prepared by method comprising the steps of:
(a) obtaining suitable thymus tissue from a donor; (b) typing HLA alleles: HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB 1, HLA-DQB 1,
HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DP A 1 ;
(c) subjecting the thymus tissue to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices; further wherein the donor thymus tissue slices show, on days 5 to 9, areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
(d) harvesting the partially T-cell depleted donor thymus tissue slices as allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product;
(e) cryopreserving the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product in liquid nitrogen; and
(f) maintaining the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in liquid nitrogen in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank
67. The cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product of claim 66, wherein the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodies are present, that CK14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
68 A method for promoting donor-specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a living human donor, in a human recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) removal of the thymus of the recipient; (b) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent to deplete the recipient’s T cells and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ;
(c) providing a suitable solid organ from a living human donor;
(d) transplanting the solid organ into the recipient,
(e) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen;
(t) providing a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product maintained in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank; wherein the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product was processed from thymus tissue from a thymus donor expressing HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in the recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant; wherein the donor thymus tissue was subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises asepticaJly processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
(g) thawing the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product, and
(h) implanting the thawed cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product into the recipient, wherein the dosage of the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is about 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient.
69. The method of claim 68, wherein HLA matching permits minor variations in aminoacid sequence of the alleles in the second field.
70. The method of claim 68, wherein HLA matching permit mismatches for HLA-DP alleles in the second field.
71. The method of claim 68, wherein about one-half of the thawed cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is transplanted into the recipient and the remainder is cryopreserved for future use.
72. The method of claim 68, wherein step (h) is performed about one month or more after the transplantation of the solid organ.
73. A method for promoting donor-specific tolerance to an allogeneic solid organ transplant obtained from a deceased human donor, in a human recipient in need of a solid organ transplant, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) removal of the thymus of the recipient;
(b) treating the recipient with an induction immunosuppressive regimen comprising one or more immunosuppressive agent to deplete the recipient’s T cells and/or to suppress the recipient’s T cells from rejecting the transplanted solid organ;
(c) providing a suitable solid organ from a living human donor;
(d) transplanting the solid organ into the recipient;
(e) treating the recipient with a maintenance immunosuppressive regimen,
(f) providing a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product maintained in a cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product bank; wherein the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is processed from thymus tissue from a thymus donor expressing HLA alleles matched to HLA alleles in the recipient that are not present in the solid organ transplant; wherein the donor thymus tissue was subjected to a conditioning regimen for a period up to 12 days; further wherein the conditioning regimen for the donor thymus tissue comprises aseptically processing the donor thymus tissue in a thymus organ medium to produce partially T-cell depleted thymus tissue slices, wherein the thymus tissue slices show areas positive for keratin AE1/AE3 scattered throughout the tissue, the presence of at least one Hassall body, CK14 staining scattered throughout the tissue and presence of intact nuclei upon completion of the conditioning regimen;
(g) thawing the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product; and
(h) implanting the thawed cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product into the recipient, wherein the dosage of the cryopreserved allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is about 1,000 - 20,000 mm2 of thymus tissue surface area / recipient body surface area in m2, and further wherein the implanted allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product induces thymopoiesis and tolerance in the recipient.
74. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the thymus, on the day of harvest, demonstrates that >50% of areas are positive for keratin in a lacy staining pattern, that Hassall bodi es are present, that CK 14 stains in a lacy pattern, and that >90% of nuclei are intact.
75. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the removal of the recipient’s thymus is by surgery.
76. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the removal of the recipient’s thymus is by robotic surgery.
77. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the removal of the recipient’s thymus is by thorascopic surgery.
78. The method of claim 68 or 73, further comprising the step of cryopreserving peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the deceased donor for future use in a mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate cellular tolerance.
79. The method of claim 78, wherein the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient about 2 to about 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue- derived product in accordance with step (h).
80. The method of claim 78, wherein the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate tolerance is performed with naive T cells from the recipient about 6 to 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
81. The method of claim 78, wherein the mixed lymphocyte reaction to demonstrate tolerance is performed with peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient after naive T cells constitute about 10% of total T cells.
82. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the implanted thymus tissue slices induce thymopoiesis in the subject in about 2 to about 12 months following the implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product as determined by biopsy of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
83. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the development of tolerance is determined by a mixed lymphocyte reaction performed with cryopreserved peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the deceased donor and peripheral blood mononuclear cells from the recipient.
84. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein tolerance is determined by the development of humoral immunity and the absence of donor reactive antibodies
85. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises an immunosuppressive agent selected from the group of glucocorticoid, anti- thymocyte globulin (rabbit), anti -thymocyte globulin (equine), and alemtuzimab.
86. The method of claim 68, 73 or 74, wherein the second immunosuppressive regimen comprises administration of a glucocorticoid.
87. The method of claim 86, wherein the glucocorticoid comprises methylprednisolone.
88. The method of claim 87, wherein the glucocorticoid is methylprednisolone sodium succinate.
89. The method of claim 88, wherein the methylprednisolone sodium succinate is administered intravenously at no greater than 4 mg/kg/day after implantation of allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product.
90. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the solid organ is a portion of a whole organ.
91. The method of claim 68 or 73, W'herein the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant, a kidney transplant, a liver transplant, a lung transplant, a heart/lung transplant, a pancreas transplant, an intestine transplant, a stomach transplant, an abdominal wall transplant, a craniofacial transplant, a scalp transplant, a penile transplant, a uterus transplant, a unilateral or bilateral upper limb transplant, a unilateral vascularized composite allograft, or combination thereof
92. The method of claim 91, wherein the solid organ transplant is a heart transplant
93. The method of claim 92, wherein the heart transplant is a pediatric heart transplant.
94. The method of claim 92, wherein the heart transplant is an adult heart transplant.
95. The method of claim 68 or 73, further comprising evaluating the recipient for HLA class I or HLA class II panel reactive antibodies (“PRA”) score prior to transplanting the solid organ.
96. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein recipients with HLA antibodies are cross- matched with potential donors.
97. The method of claim 96, wherein recipients with HLA antibodies are virtually cross- matched with UNET.
98. The method of claim 95, wherein if a PRA score of >20% virtual cross-match is recorded, the method will further comprise the step of performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient.
99. The method of claim 95, wherein if a PRA score of >70% virtual cross-match is recorded, the method will further compri se the step of performing an actual prospective donor cross-match and performing plasmapheresis in the operating room at the time of solid organ transplant in the recipient.
100. The method of claim 68, 73 or 74, wherein the solid organ is HLA-mismatched.
101. The method of claim 100, wherein HLA-mismatched is determined by typing HLA- A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1 , HLA-DQB1, HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQA1, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DPA1 in the donor and the recipient.
102. The method of claim 101, wherein HLA-mismatched comprises at least one of HLA- A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-DRB1, HLA-DQB 1 , HLA-DRB3, HLA-DRB4, HLA-DRB5, HLA-DQAi, HLA- DPB1, HLA-DPA1 is different between the donor and the recipient.
103. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein a portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is surgically implanted into the quadriceps thigh muscle of the recipient.
104. The method of claim 103, wherein the remaining portion of the allogeneic cultured postnatal thymus tissue-derived product is cryopreserved in liquid nitrogen for future transplantation in the recipient.
105. The method of claim 1, wherein the conditioning regimen is for a period of up to 12 days.
106. The method of claim 68, 73 or 74, wherein the maintenance immunosuppressive regimen comprises one or more immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of a calcineurin inhibitor, an inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, and
azathioprine,.
107. The method of claim 106, wherein the induction immunosuppressive regimen comprises rabbit-derived anti-thymocyte globulin.
108. The method of claim 107, wherein the rabbit-derived anti-thymocyte globulin is administered intravenously in a dose of about 1.5 mg/kg for about 3 to about 7 days
109. The method of claim 108, wherein the anti-thymocyte globulin is administered at a dose of about 15 mg/kg/day for three to fourteen days.
110. The method of claim 85, wherein the induction immunosuppressi ve regimen comprises alemtuzumab.
111. The method of claim 110, wherein the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of about 0.25 mg/kg/day intravenously for 4 days for recipients less than 35 kg in body weight.
1 12. The method of claim 110, wherein the alemtuzumab is administered at a dose of 3 to 20 mg/day intravenously for recipients less than 35 kg in body weight until lymphocytes are depleted.
1 13. The method of claim 106, wherein the immunosuppressive agent is azathioprine. ί 14. The method of claim 113, wherein the azathioprine is administered intravenously or by mouth at 2 mg to 4 mg/kg/day starting with administration in the operating room.
115. The method of claim 106, wherein the inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor is mycophenolate mofetil.
116. The method of claim 1 15, wherein the mycophenolate mofetil is administered orally or intravenously.
117. The method of claim 116, wherein the mycophenolate mofetil is administered for children at a dose of about 15 to about 25 mg/kg/dose twice a day or for adults about 1500 mg orally or intravenously twice daily and adjusted for a WBC of >3500..
118. The method of claim 106, wherein the inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor is mycophenolic acid.
1 19. The method of claim 118, wherein the mycophenolic acid is administered at a dose of about for children about 400 mg/m2/dose twice daily with a maximum dose 720 mg, or BSA 1.19 to 1.59 m2 about 540 mg twice daily, or for BSA > 1.58m2 about 720 mg twice daily.
120. The method of claim 68 or 73, wherein the second immunosuppressive regimen further comprises a glucocorticoid selected from the group consisting of methylprednisolone, prednisone and prednisolone
121. The method of claim 120, wherein the glucocorticoid is administered in a tapered dosage reduction.
122. The method of claim 106, wherein the calcineurin inhibitor is tacrolimus.
123. The method of claim 106, wherein the calcineurin inhibitor is cyclosporine A.
124. The method of claim 68 or 63, wherein the administration of the second
immunosuppressant regimen is weaned after naive T cells reach 10% of total T cells.
PCT/US2019/019137 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants WO2019165197A1 (en)

Priority Applications (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA3089593A CA3089593A1 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
KR1020207023608A KR20210005543A (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured ridge tissue transplantation that enhances donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
BR112020016614-6A BR112020016614A2 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 CULTIVATED TYPICAL TISSUE TRANSPLANTATION THAT PROMOTES SPECIFIC TOLERANCE TO DONORS TO ALLOGENIC SOLID ORGAN TRANSPLANTS
JP2020543913A JP7499178B2 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymic tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplantation
EP19757113.6A EP3755346A4 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
SG11202007498YA SG11202007498YA (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
CN201980013250.XA CN112074277A (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogenic solid organ transplants
RU2020124312A RU2020124312A (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 THYMUS TISSUE CULTURE TRANSPLANT PROMOTES DONOR-SPECIFIC TOLERANCE TO ALLOGENOUS PARENCHYMATOUS organ grafts
AU2019225151A AU2019225151A1 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
US16/283,007 US11819520B2 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
MX2020008590A MX2020008590A (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants.
IL276706A IL276706A (en) 2018-02-23 2020-08-13 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
US16/994,061 US20200405771A1 (en) 2018-02-23 2020-08-14 Methods of determining the suitability of cultured thymus tissue for implantation into humans and associated methods of use
US17/486,045 US12064452B2 (en) 2018-02-23 2021-09-27 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
JP2024005418A JP2024041955A (en) 2018-02-23 2024-01-17 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation that promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862634377P 2018-02-23 2018-02-23
US62/634,377 2018-02-23

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/283,007 Continuation US11819520B2 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019165197A1 true WO2019165197A1 (en) 2019-08-29

Family

ID=67687403

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2019/019137 WO2019165197A1 (en) 2018-02-23 2019-02-22 Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (1) US12064452B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3755346A4 (en)
JP (2) JP7499178B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20210005543A (en)
CN (1) CN112074277A (en)
AU (1) AU2019225151A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112020016614A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3089593A1 (en)
IL (1) IL276706A (en)
MX (1) MX2020008590A (en)
RU (1) RU2020124312A (en)
SG (1) SG11202007498YA (en)
WO (1) WO2019165197A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021034650A1 (en) 2019-08-19 2021-02-25 Duke University & Medical Center Methods of determining the suitability of cultured thymus tissue for implantation into humans and associated methods of use
RU2793843C1 (en) * 2022-03-10 2023-04-07 Федеральное государственное бюджетное учреждение науки "Кировский научно-исследовательский институт гематологии и переливания крови Федерального медико-биологического агентства" Method for assessing the risk of formation of anti-hla antibodies during transfusion of blood components
WO2024042488A1 (en) 2022-08-24 2024-02-29 Enzyvant Therapeutics Gmbh Thymic exosome assays, and methods of producing t cell depleted thymus tissue and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115287262B (en) * 2022-01-28 2024-04-02 浙江中医药大学 Thymus organoid microsphere and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040086508A1 (en) * 2001-06-05 2004-05-06 Advanced Biotherapy, Inc. Treatment of organ transplant rejection
US20060110387A1 (en) * 2004-10-05 2006-05-25 Genentech, Inc. Method for treating vasculitis
US20060147428A1 (en) 1992-02-19 2006-07-06 The General Hospital Corporation, A Massachusetts Corporation Allogeneic and xenogeneic transplantation
US20070202085A1 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-08-30 Renovar Incorporated Systems and methods for monitoring immune responses and predicting outcomes in transplant recipients
US20150110754A1 (en) * 2013-10-15 2015-04-23 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High Resolution Allele Identification

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2121370C (en) 1991-11-22 2003-03-18 David H. Sachs Specific tolerance in transplantation
US5624823A (en) 1991-11-22 1997-04-29 The General Hospital Corporation DNA encoding procine interleukin-10
ES2172514T3 (en) 1992-01-08 2002-10-01 Gen Hospital Corp TOLERANCE INDUITED TO THE XENOINJERTOS.
US5658564A (en) 1992-02-19 1997-08-19 The General Hospital Corporation Xenograft thymus
US5876708A (en) 1992-02-19 1999-03-02 The General Hospital Corporation Allogeneic and xenogeneic transplantation
US5766944A (en) * 1996-12-31 1998-06-16 Ruiz; Margaret Eileen T cell differentiation of CD34+ stem cells in cultured thymic epithelial fragments
AUPP977899A0 (en) 1999-04-15 1999-05-13 Monash University Improvement of t cell mediated immunity
IL156200A0 (en) * 2000-12-22 2003-12-23 Univ Edinburgh Thymic epithelial progenitor cells and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
US7037900B2 (en) 2001-10-12 2006-05-02 Supergen, Inc. Composition and method for treating graft-versus-host disease
US7402432B2 (en) * 2003-12-12 2008-07-22 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Process for producing T lymphocytes
ATE528390T1 (en) * 2005-04-06 2011-10-15 Univ Duke PARATHYROID AND THYM TRANSPLANTATION IN PERSONS WITH DI GEORGE SYNDROME
US20080131441A1 (en) 2006-09-26 2008-06-05 Manikkam Suthanthiran Methods of Using FOXP3 Levels to Predict the Outcome of Organs Undergoing Acute Rejection
WO2009120341A2 (en) 2008-03-24 2009-10-01 University Of South Florida Biomarkers for predicting response to immunosuppressive therapy
KR20120102716A (en) 2009-11-23 2012-09-18 팔라틴 테크놀로지스 인코포레이티드 Melanocortin-1 receptor-specific linear peptides
EP2658369A4 (en) * 2010-12-31 2014-11-26 Univ Columbia Generation of autologous t-cells in mice
WO2012142160A1 (en) * 2011-04-12 2012-10-18 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting allograft rejection
US12090142B2 (en) 2018-02-22 2024-09-17 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Combination therapy for the treatment of cancer
MX2020014048A (en) 2018-07-06 2021-03-09 Enzyvant Therapeutics Gmbh Tissue potency determination through quantitative histomorphology analysis.

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060147428A1 (en) 1992-02-19 2006-07-06 The General Hospital Corporation, A Massachusetts Corporation Allogeneic and xenogeneic transplantation
US20040086508A1 (en) * 2001-06-05 2004-05-06 Advanced Biotherapy, Inc. Treatment of organ transplant rejection
US20060110387A1 (en) * 2004-10-05 2006-05-25 Genentech, Inc. Method for treating vasculitis
US20070202085A1 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-08-30 Renovar Incorporated Systems and methods for monitoring immune responses and predicting outcomes in transplant recipients
US20150110754A1 (en) * 2013-10-15 2015-04-23 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High Resolution Allele Identification

Non-Patent Citations (58)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AHONEN, P. ET AL., J. CLIN. ENDOCRINOLOGY AND METABOLISM, vol. 66, 1988, pages 1152 - 1157
AHONEN, P. ET AL.: "Adrenal and steroidal cell antibodies in patients with autoimmune polyglandular disease type I and risk of adrenocortical and ovarian failure", J. CLIN. ENDOCRINOLOGY AND METABOLISM, vol. 64, 1987, pages 494 - 500
AHONEN, P. ET AL.: "Clinical variation of autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED) in a series of 68 patients", NEW ENGL. J. MED., vol. 322, 1990, pages 1829 - 1836
AHONEN, P.: "Autoimmune polyendocrinopathy - candidosis - ectodermal dystrophy (APECED): autosomal recessive inheritance", CLINICAL GENETICS, vol. 27, 1985, pages 535 - 542
ANDREA A. ZACHARY, MARY S. LEFFELL: "HLA Mismatching Strategies for Solid Organ Transplantation -A Balancing Act", FRONTIERS IN IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 7, 575, 7 December 2016 (2016-12-07), pages 1 - 14, XP055722279, ISSN: 1664-3224, DOI: 10.3389/fimmu.2016.00575 *
ARULANANTHAM, K. ET AL.: "Evidence for Defective Immunoregulation in the Syndrome of Familial Candidiasis Endocrinopathy", NEW ENG. J. MED., vol. 300, 1979, pages 164 - 168
BIN LI; JIE LI; BLYTHE H DEVLIN; LOUISE MARKERT M: "Thymic microenvironment reconstitution after postnatal human thymus transplantation", CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 140, no. 3, 16 April 2011 (2011-04-16), pages 244 - 259, XP028382924, ISSN: 1521-6616, DOI: 10.1016/j.clim.2011.04.004 *
BLIZZARD, R. M.KYLE M: "Studies of the Adrenal Antigens and Antibodies in Addison's Disease", J. CLIN. INVEST., vol. 42, 1963, pages 1653 - 1660
BOEHM TTAKAHAMA Y: "Thymus Transplantation. Stiehm's Immune Deficiences", 2014, HEIDELBERG: SPRINGER-VERLAG, article "Thymus Transplantation", pages: 1059 - 1067
CARLO CURCIO , ROBERTO SCARAMUZZI , DARIO AMORE : "Robotic-assisted thoracoscopic surgery thymectomy", JOURNAL OF VISUALIZED SUGERY, vol. 3, no. 162, 7 November 2017 (2017-11-07), pages 1 - 4, XP055632387, DOI: 10.21037/jovs.2017.10.01 *
CHINN IDEVLIN BLI YJ ET AL.: "Long-term tolerance to allogeneic thymus transplants in complete DiGeorge anomaly", CLIN IMMUNOL., vol. 126, no. 3, 2008, pages 277 - 281, XP022477508, DOI: 10.1016/j.clim.2007.11.009
CHINN IKDEVLIN BHLI YJMARKERT ML: "Long-term tolerance to allogeneic thymus transplants in complete DiGeorge anomaly", CLIN IMMUNOL, vol. 126, no. 3, 2008, pages 277 - 281, XP022477508, DOI: 10.1016/j.clim.2007.11.009
H.M GEBEL , R.A BRAY : "HLA Antibody Detection With Solid Phase Assays: Great Expectations or Expectations Too Great?", AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 14, no. 9, 1 August 2014 (2014-08-01), pages 1964 - 1975, XP055632405, ISSN: 1600-6135, DOI: :10.1111/ajt.12807 *
HERON I.: "A technique for accessory cervical heart transplantation in rabbits and rats", ACTA PATHOL MICROBIOL SCANDA, vol. 79, no. 4, 1971, pages 366 - 372
HERON I: "A technique for accessory cervical heart transplantation in rabbits and rats", ACTA PATHOL MICROBIOL SCAND A, vol. 79, no. 4, 1971, pages 366 - 372
HONG RSCHULTE-WISSERMANN HJARRETT-TOTH EHOROWITZ SDMANNING DD: "Transplantation of cultured thymic fragments. II. Results in nude mice", J EXP MED., vol. 149, no. 2, 1979, pages 398 - 415
HONG RSCHULTE-WISSERMANN HJARRETT-TOTH EHOROWITZ SDMANNING DD: "Transplantation of cultured thymic fragments. II. Results in nude mice", J EXP MED., vol. 149, no. 2, pages 398 - 415
ISAKOVIC KSMITH SBWAKSMAN BH: "Immunologic Tolerance in Thymectomized, Irradiated Rats Grafted with Thymus from Tolerant Donors", SCIENCE, vol. 148, no. 3675, 1965, pages 1333 - 1335
KROHN, K. ET AL.: "Identification by molecular cloning of an autoantigen associated with Addison's disease as steroid 17a-hydroxylase", LANCET, vol. 339, 1992, pages 770 - 773
KWAN J ET AL., CULTURED THYMUS TRANSPLANTATION PROMOTES DONOR-SPECIFIC TOLERANCE TO ALLOGENEIC HEART TRANSPLANTS, 2019
KWUN JLI JROUSE DCPARK JFARRIS ABTUREK JWKNECHTLE SJKIRK ADMARKERT ML, CULTURED THYMUS TRANSPLANTATION PROMOTES DONOR-SPECIFIC TOLERANCE TO ALLOGENEIC HEART TRANSPLANTS
KWUN JLI JROUSE DCPARK JFARRIS ABTUREK JWKNECHTLE SJKIRK ADMARKERT ML, CULTURED THYMUS TRANSPLANTATION PROMOTES DONOR-SPECIFIC TOLERANCE TO ALLOGENEIC HEART TRANSPLANTS.
LI BLI JDEVLIN BHMARKERT ML: "Thymic microenvironment reconstitution after postnatal human thymus transplantation", CLIN IMMUNOL., vol. 140, no. 3, 2011, pages 244 - 59
LI BLI JHSIEH CSHALE LPLI YJDEVLIN BHMARKERT ML: "Characterization of cultured thymus tissue used for transplantation with emphasis on promiscuous expression of thyroid tissue-specific genes", IMMUNOL RES., vol. 44, no. 1-3, 2009, pages 71 - 83
LI, BIN ET AL., CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY (ORLANDO, FLA., vol. 140, no. 3, 2011, pages 244 - 59
M.L MARKERT , B.H DEVLIN , I.K CHINN , E.A. MCCARTHY , Y.J. LI: "Factors affecting success of thymus transplantation for complete DiGeorge anomaly", AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 8, no. 8, 23 July 2008 (2008-07-23), pages 1729 - 1736, XP055632382, ISSN: 1600-6135, DOI: 10.1111/j.1600-6143.2008.02301.x *
MANILAY JOPEARSON DASERGIO JJSWENSON KGSYKES M: "Intrathymic deletion of alloreactive T cells in mixed bone marrow chimeras prepared with a nonmyeloablative conditioning regimen", TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 66, no. 1, 1998, pages 96 - 102
MARKERT M. L; DEVLIN B .H; MCCARTHY E .A: "Thymus Transplantation", CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 135, no. 2, 16 March 2010 (2010-03-16), pages 236 - 246, XP027006755, ISSN: 1521-6616, DOI: 10.1016/j.clim.2010.02.007 *
MARKERT ML ET AL.: "Postnatal thymus transplantation with immunosuppression as treatment for DiGeorge syndrome", BLOOD, vol. 104, no. 8, 2004, pages 2574 - 2581
MARKERT ML ET AL.: "Transplantation of thymus tissue in complete DiGeorge syndrome", N ENGL JMED, vol. 341, no. 16, 1999, pages 1180 - 1189 27, XP009545080, DOI: 10.1056/NEJM199910143411603
MARKERT ML ET AL.: "Use of allograft biopsies to assess thymopoiesis after thymus transplantation", J IMMUNOL, vol. 180, no. 9, 2008, pages 6354 - 6364, XP055739007, DOI: 10.4049/jimmunol.180.9.6354
MARKERT ML ET AL.: "Use of allograft biopsies to assess thymopoiesis after thymus transplantation.", J IMMUNOL, vol. 180, no. 9, 2008, pages 6354 - 6364, XP055739007, DOI: 10.4049/jimmunol.180.9.6354
MARKERT MLBOECK AHALE LPKLOSTER ALMCLAUGHLIN TMBATCHVAROVA MN ET AL.: "Transplantation of thymus tissue in complete DiGeorge syndrome", N ENGL J MED., vol. 341, no. 16, 1999, pages 1180 - 9, XP009545080, DOI: 10.1056/NEJM199910143411603
MARKERT MLDEVLIN BHALEXIEFF MJLI JMCCARTHY EAGUPTON SE ET AL.: "Review of 54 patients with complete DiGeorge anomaly enrolled in protocols for thymus transplantation: outcome of 44 consecutive transplants", BLOOD, vol. 109, no. 10, 2007, pages 4539 - 454728, XP086510518, DOI: 10.1182/blood-2006-10-048652
MARKERT MLDEVLIN BHMCCARTHY EA: "Clinical Immunology", 2013, article "Chapter 84 Thymic reconstitution", pages: 1032 - 8
MARKERT MLDEVLIN BHMCCARTHY EA: "Thymus transplantation", CLIN IMMUNOL, vol. 135, no. 2, 2010, pages 236 - 246
MARKERT MLDEVLIN BHMCCARTHY EA: "Thymus transplantation", CLIN IMMUNOL., vol. 135, no. 2, 2010, pages 236 - 46
MARKERT MLDEVLIN BHMCCARTHY EA: "Thymus transplantation", CLIN. IMMUNOL., vol. 135, no. 2, 2010, pages 236 - 46
MARKERT MLKOSTYU DDWARD FEMCLAUGHLIN TMWATSON TJBUCKLEY RHSCHIFF SEUNGERLEIDER RMGAYNOR JWOLDHAM KT: "Successful formation of a chimeric human thymus allograft following transplantation of partially HLA-matched postnatal thymus", JOURNAL OF IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 158, 1997, pages 998 - 1005
MARKERT MLWATSON TJKAPLAN IHALE LPHAYNES BF: "The human thymic microenvironment during organ culture", CLIN IMMUNOL IMMUNOPATHOL., vol. 82, no. 1, 1997, pages 2 6 - 36
NEUFELD, M. ET AL.: "Two types of autoimmune Addison's disease associated with different polyglandular autoimmune (PGA) syndromes", MEDICINE, vol. 60, 1981, pages 355 - 362
NOBORI S ET AL.: "Thymic rejuvenation and the induction of tolerance by adult thymic grafts", PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 103, no. 50, 2006, pages 19081 - 19086
PARKER WYU PBHOLZKNECHT ZELUNDBERG KBUCKLEY RHPLATT JL.: "Specificity and function of 'natural' antibodies in immunodeficient subjects: Clues to B cell lineage and development", J CLIN IMMUNOL., vol. 17, 1997, pages 311 - 321
PERHEENTUPA J., ENDOCRINOL. METAB. CLIN. NORTH AM., vol. 31, 2002, pages 295 - 320
RENDELL VRGIAMBERARDINO CLI JMARKERT MLBRENNAN TV: "Complete thymectomy in adult rats with non-invasive endotracheal intubation", J VIS EXP, no. 94, 2014
ROTA IADHALLA F: "FOXN1 deficiency nude severe combined immunodeficiency", ORPHANET JOURNAL OF RARE DISEASES., vol. 12, 2017, pages 6
SADANORI FURUDATE , TAKI FUJIMURA , YUMI KAMBAYASHI , TAKANORI HIDAKA , AKIRA HASHIMOTO , SETSUYA AIBA : "Sequential Therapy with Nivolumab Followed by Ipilimumab Induces Complete Response in Metastatic Melanoma of the Lung but with Severe Hepatotoxicities", CASE REPORTS IN ONCOLOGY, vol. 9, no. 3, 17 October 2016 (2016-10-17), pages 644 - 649, XP055632401, DOI: 10.1159/000450974 *
SCHMID CBINDER JHEEMANN UTILNEY NL: "Successful heterotopic heart transplantation in rat", MICROSURGERY, vol. 15, no. 4, 1994, pages 279 - 281
SCHOENECKER JGHAUCK RKMERCER MCPARKER WLAWSON J: "Exposure to topical bovine thrombin during surgery elicits a response against the xenogeneic carbohydrate galactose al-3Galactose", J CLIN IMMUNOL., vol. 20, 2000, pages 434 - 444, XP002421224, DOI: 10.1023/A:1026455631876
See also references of EP3755346A4
SHARABI YSACHS DH: "Mixed chimerism and permanent specific transplantation tolerance induced by a nonlethal preparative regimen", J EXP MED, vol. 169, no. 2, 1989, pages 493 - 502, XP000942385, DOI: 10.1084/jem.169.2.493
SHICHKIN VALENTIN P.; GORBACH OLEKSANDR I.; ZUIEVA OLGA A.; GRABCHENKO NATALIIA I.; AKSYONOVA IRINA A.; TODUROV BORIS M.: "Effect of cryopreservation on viability and growth efficiency of stromal-epithelial cells derived from neonatal human thymus", CRYOBIOLOGY, vol. 78, 28 June 2017 (2017-06-28), pages 70 - 79, XP085195906, ISSN: 0011-2240, DOI: 10.1016/j.cryobiol.2017.06.010 *
SUSAN DEWOLF , YUFENG SHEN , MEGAN SYKES : "A New Window into the Human Alloresponse", TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 100, no. 8, 31 August 2016 (2016-08-31), pages 1639 - 1649, XP055632397, ISSN: 0041-1337, DOI: 10.1097/TP.0000000000001064 *
UIBO R. ET AL.: "Autoantibodies to cytochrome P450 enzymes P450scc, P450c17, and P450c21 in autoimmune polyglandular disease types I and II and in isolated Addison's disease", J. CLIN. ENDOCRINOL. METAB., vol. 78, 1994, pages 323 - 328
YAMADA K ET AL.: "Role of the thymus in transplantation tolerance in miniature swine. I. Requirement of the thymus for rapid and stable induction of tolerance to class I-mismatched renal allografts", J EXP MED, vol. 186, no. 4, 1997, pages 497 - 506
YAMADA K ET AL.: "Thymic transplantation in miniature swine. II. Induction of tolerance by transplantation of composite thymokidneys to thymectomized recipients", J IMMUNOL, vol. 164, no. 6, 2000, pages 3079 - 3086, XP002189288
YAMADA K ET AL.: "Thymic transplantation in miniature swine: III. Induction of tolerance by transplantation of composite thymokidneys across fully major histocompatibility complex-mismatched barriers", TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 76, no. 3, 2003, pages 530 - 536
ZLOTOGORA, J. ET AL.: "Polyglandular autoimmune syndrome type I among Iranian Jews", J. MED. GENET, vol. 29, 1992, pages 824 - 826

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021034650A1 (en) 2019-08-19 2021-02-25 Duke University & Medical Center Methods of determining the suitability of cultured thymus tissue for implantation into humans and associated methods of use
RU2793843C1 (en) * 2022-03-10 2023-04-07 Федеральное государственное бюджетное учреждение науки "Кировский научно-исследовательский институт гематологии и переливания крови Федерального медико-биологического агентства" Method for assessing the risk of formation of anti-hla antibodies during transfusion of blood components
WO2024042488A1 (en) 2022-08-24 2024-02-29 Enzyvant Therapeutics Gmbh Thymic exosome assays, and methods of producing t cell depleted thymus tissue and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2019225151A1 (en) 2020-08-20
BR112020016614A2 (en) 2020-12-22
JP7499178B2 (en) 2024-06-13
CA3089593A1 (en) 2019-08-29
JP2024041955A (en) 2024-03-27
IL276706A (en) 2020-09-30
US20220079989A1 (en) 2022-03-17
SG11202007498YA (en) 2020-09-29
MX2020008590A (en) 2020-09-21
EP3755346A4 (en) 2022-03-09
US12064452B2 (en) 2024-08-20
RU2020124312A (en) 2022-03-23
CN112074277A (en) 2020-12-11
KR20210005543A (en) 2021-01-14
EP3755346A1 (en) 2020-12-30
JP2021516224A (en) 2021-07-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12064452B2 (en) Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
Dolmans et al. Short-term transplantation of isolated human ovarian follicles and cortical tissue into nude mice
JP7431837B2 (en) Xenograft products and methods
Kwun et al. Cultured thymus tissue implantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic heart transplants
US20040082064A1 (en) Methods of treating disease by transplantation of developing allogeneic or xenogeneic organs or tissues
EP2216033B1 (en) Methods of treating disease by transplantation of allogeneic or xenogeneic organs or tissues
US11819520B2 (en) Cultured thymus tissue transplantation promotes donor-specific tolerance to allogeneic solid organ transplants
US20200405771A1 (en) Methods of determining the suitability of cultured thymus tissue for implantation into humans and associated methods of use
CA3150732A1 (en) Methods of determining the suitability of cultured thymus tissue for implantation into humans and associated methods of use
WO2021034650A1 (en) Methods of determining the suitability of cultured thymus tissue for implantation into humans and associated methods of use
TW202218671A (en) Methods of determining the suitability of cultured thymus tissue for implantation into humans and associated methods of use
US20240075186A1 (en) Xenotransplantation products and methods
McCallion et al. Strategies to induce tolerance
ES2445523T3 (en) Disease treatment procedures for allogeneic or xenogenic organ or tissue transplantation
Sands Thymic epithelial cell transplantation to the host thymus: Studies in immunomodulation and tolerance induction
ZA200507056B (en) Methods of treating disease by transplantation of developing allogeneic or xenogeneic organs or tissues

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19757113

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3089593

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020543913

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019225151

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20190222

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019757113

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200923

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112020016614

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112020016614

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20200814